@@ -0,0 +1,72 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | #-- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | #-- Copyright (C) 2011, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | #-- | |||
|
5 | #-- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | #-- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | #-- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | #-- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | #-- | |||
|
10 | #-- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | #-- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | #-- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | #-- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | #-- | |||
|
15 | #-- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | #-- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | #-- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | #------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | #-- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | #-- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef ADS1278_H | |||
|
23 | #define ADS1278_H | |||
|
24 | #include <uhandle.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | typedef void (*set_clkdiv_t)(int val); | |||
|
27 | typedef void (*set_sync_t)(int val); | |||
|
28 | typedef void (*set_mode0_t)(int val); | |||
|
29 | typedef void (*set_mode1_t)(int val); | |||
|
30 | typedef void (*set_fsync_t)(int val); | |||
|
31 | typedef int (*ready_t)(); | |||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | struct ads1278Regs | |||
|
34 | { | |||
|
35 | sspDev SSP_device; | |||
|
36 | set_clkdiv_t set_clkdiv; | |||
|
37 | set_sync_t set_sync; | |||
|
38 | set_mode0_t set_mode0; | |||
|
39 | set_mode1_t set_mode1; | |||
|
40 | set_fsync_t set_fsync; | |||
|
41 | ready_t ready; | |||
|
42 | }; | |||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | typedef struct ads1278Regs ads1278Dev; | |||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | void ads1278open(ads1278Dev* codec,sspDev dev); | |||
|
47 | void ads1278sample(ads1278Dev* dev); | |||
|
48 | void ads1278readresult(ads1278Dev* dev,unsigned int* CH1,unsigned int* CH2,unsigned int* CH3,unsigned int* CH4,unsigned int* CH5,unsigned int* CH6,unsigned int* CH7,unsigned int* CH8); | |||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | extern void bsp_ads1278_Sample(); | |||
|
51 | extern int bsp_ads1278_Ready(); | |||
|
52 | extern void bsp_ads1278_Synch(); | |||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | #endif | |||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | ||||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | ||||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | ||||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | ||||
|
70 | ||||
|
71 | ||||
|
72 |
@@ -0,0 +1,86 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2011, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef CS43L22_H | |||
|
23 | #define CS43L22_H | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | #include <i2c.h> | |||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | typedef struct CS43L22_t | |||
|
28 | { | |||
|
29 | i2c_t i2cdev; | |||
|
30 | uint8_t devAddress; | |||
|
31 | }CS43L22_t; | |||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | extern int cs43l22open(CS43L22_t* dev,i2c_t i2cdev,uint8_t A0); | |||
|
34 | extern uint8_t cs43l22getID(CS43L22_t* dev); | |||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | #define CS43L22_I2C_ADDRESS 0x4a | |||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | ||||
|
39 | #define CS43L22_MAP_ID 1 | |||
|
40 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Power_Ctl_1 2 | |||
|
41 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Power_Ctl_2 4 | |||
|
42 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Clocking_Ctl 5 | |||
|
43 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Interface_Ctl_1 6 | |||
|
44 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Interface_Ctl_2 7 | |||
|
45 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Passthrough_A 8 | |||
|
46 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Passthrough_B 9 | |||
|
47 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Analog_ZC_SR 0xA | |||
|
48 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Passthrough 0xC | |||
|
49 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Playback_Ctl_1 0xD | |||
|
50 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Misc_Ctl 0xE | |||
|
51 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Playback_Ctl_2 0xF | |||
|
52 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Passthrough_A_Vol 0x14 | |||
|
53 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Passthrough_B_Vol 0x15 | |||
|
54 | #define CS43L22_MAP_PCMA_Vol 0x1A | |||
|
55 | #define CS43L22_MAP_PCMB_Vol 0x1B | |||
|
56 | #define CS43L22_MAP_BEEP_Freq 0x1C | |||
|
57 | #define CS43L22_MAP_BEEP_Vol 0x1d | |||
|
58 | #define CS43L22_MAP_BEEP_Tone_Cfg 0x1E | |||
|
59 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Tone_Ctl 0x1F | |||
|
60 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Master_A_Vol 0x20 | |||
|
61 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Master_B_Vol 0x21 | |||
|
62 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Headphone_A_Vol 0x22 | |||
|
63 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Headphone_B_Vol 0x23 | |||
|
64 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Speaker_A_Vol 0x24 | |||
|
65 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Speaker_B_Vol 0x25 | |||
|
66 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Channel_Mixer 0x26 | |||
|
67 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Limit_Ctl_1 0x27 | |||
|
68 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Limit Ctl_2 0x28 | |||
|
69 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Limiter_Attack 0x29 | |||
|
70 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Overflow_And_Clock_Status 0x2E | |||
|
71 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Battery_Compensation 0x2F | |||
|
72 | #define CS43L22_MAP_VP_Battery_Level 0x30 | |||
|
73 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Speaker_Status 0x31 | |||
|
74 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Temperature_Monitor_Control 0x32 | |||
|
75 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Thermal_Foldback 0x33 | |||
|
76 | #define CS43L22_MAP_Charge_Pump_Frequency 0x34 | |||
|
77 | ||||
|
78 | ||||
|
79 | #endif | |||
|
80 | ||||
|
81 | ||||
|
82 | ||||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | ||||
|
85 | ||||
|
86 |
@@ -0,0 +1,98 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | #-- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | #-- Copyright (C) 2011, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | #-- | |||
|
5 | #-- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | #-- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | #-- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | #-- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | #-- | |||
|
10 | #-- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | #-- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | #-- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | #-- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | #-- | |||
|
15 | #-- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | #-- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | #-- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | #------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | #-- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | #-- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef VS10XX_H | |||
|
23 | #define VS10XX_H | |||
|
24 | #include <spi.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | #define VSMODE 0 | |||
|
27 | #define VSSTATUS 1 | |||
|
28 | #define VSBASS 2 | |||
|
29 | #define VSCLOCKF 3 | |||
|
30 | #define VSDECODE_TIME 4 | |||
|
31 | #define VSAUDATA 5 | |||
|
32 | #define VSWRAM 6 | |||
|
33 | #define VSWRAMADDR 7 | |||
|
34 | #define VSHDAT0 8 | |||
|
35 | #define VSHDAT1 9 | |||
|
36 | #define VSAIADDR 0xA | |||
|
37 | #define VSVOL 0xB | |||
|
38 | #define VSAICTRL0 0xC | |||
|
39 | #define VSAICTRL1 0xD | |||
|
40 | #define VSAICTRL2 0xE | |||
|
41 | #define VSAICTRL3 0xF | |||
|
42 | ||||
|
43 | // TODO real generic VS10XX driver + plugin and patch loader | |||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | typedef enum VS10XXVER_en | |||
|
46 | { | |||
|
47 | UNKNOWN, | |||
|
48 | VS1001, | |||
|
49 | VS1011, | |||
|
50 | VS1002, | |||
|
51 | VS1003, | |||
|
52 | VS1053, | |||
|
53 | VS1033, | |||
|
54 | VS1103 | |||
|
55 | }VS10XXVER_en; | |||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | typedef struct vs10XXDev | |||
|
58 | { | |||
|
59 | spi_t SPIdev; | |||
|
60 | void (*setxCS)(char); | |||
|
61 | void (*setxRST)(char); | |||
|
62 | void (*setxDCS)(char); | |||
|
63 | int (*getDREQ)(); | |||
|
64 | VS10XXVER_en VERSION; | |||
|
65 | }vs10XXDev; | |||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | void vs10XXopen(vs10XXDev* codec,spi_t dev, void (*setxCS)(char),void (*setxRST)(char),void (*setxDCS)(char),int (*getDREQ)()); | |||
|
69 | void vs10XXsoftreset(vs10XXDev* dev); | |||
|
70 | int vs10XXcmdread(vs10XXDev* dev,char address); | |||
|
71 | void vs10XXcmdwrite(vs10XXDev* dev,char address,int value); | |||
|
72 | void vs10XXstream32bytes(vs10XXDev* dev,char* buffer); | |||
|
73 | void vs10XXsetCansel(vs10XXDev* dev); | |||
|
74 | int vs10XXcanselAccepted(vs10XXDev* dev); | |||
|
75 | void vs10XXsoftReset(vs10XXDev* dev); | |||
|
76 | //extern void vs10XXclearXCS(); | |||
|
77 | //extern void vs10XXsetXCS(); | |||
|
78 | //extern int vs10XXDREQ(); | |||
|
79 | ||||
|
80 | #endif //VS10XX_H | |||
|
81 | ||||
|
82 | ||||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | ||||
|
85 | ||||
|
86 | ||||
|
87 | ||||
|
88 | ||||
|
89 | ||||
|
90 | ||||
|
91 | ||||
|
92 | ||||
|
93 | ||||
|
94 | ||||
|
95 | ||||
|
96 | ||||
|
97 | ||||
|
98 |
@@ -0,0 +1,55 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2011, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef B24LC0X_H | |||
|
23 | #define B24LC0X_H | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | #include <i2c.h> | |||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | typedef struct eeprom24lc0xDev | |||
|
28 | { | |||
|
29 | i2c_t iicdev; | |||
|
30 | unsigned char devAddress; | |||
|
31 | unsigned char size; | |||
|
32 | }eeprom24lc0xDev; | |||
|
33 | ||||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | extern void eeprom24lc0xopen(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,i2c_t iicdev,unsigned char A0_A1_A2_val,unsigned int size); | |||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | extern void eeprom24lc0xpagewrite(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,unsigned char address,unsigned char* page); | |||
|
39 | extern void eeprom24lc0xpageread(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,unsigned char address,unsigned char* page); | |||
|
40 | extern void eeprom24lc0xbytewrite(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,unsigned char address,unsigned char data); | |||
|
41 | extern unsigned char eeprom24lc0xbyteread(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,unsigned char address); | |||
|
42 | extern void eeprom24lc0xreadn(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,unsigned char address,unsigned char* data, unsigned int count); | |||
|
43 | extern void eeprom24lc0xwriten(eeprom24lc0xDev* dev,unsigned char address,unsigned char* data, unsigned int count); | |||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | #endif | |||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 | ||||
|
52 | ||||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 |
@@ -0,0 +1,73 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef N25Q128_H | |||
|
23 | #define N25Q128_H | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | #include <spi.h> | |||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | typedef struct eepromN25Q128Dev | |||
|
28 | { | |||
|
29 | spi_t spidev; | |||
|
30 | void (*select)(int sel); | |||
|
31 | void (*writeprotect)(int wp); | |||
|
32 | void (*holdreset)(int hr); | |||
|
33 | }eepromN25Q128Dev; | |||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | #define N25Q128_PAGE_SZ 256 | |||
|
36 | #define N25Q128_CAPACITY_IN_BYTES (1024*1024*16) /*16MB*/ | |||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | #define N25Q128_READID 0x9E | |||
|
39 | #define N25Q128_READ 0x03 | |||
|
40 | #define N25Q128_FASTREAD 0x0B | |||
|
41 | #define N25Q128_DOFR 0x3B | |||
|
42 | #define N25Q128_DIOFR 0xBB | |||
|
43 | #define N25Q128_QOFR 0x6B | |||
|
44 | #define N25Q128_QIOFR 0xEB | |||
|
45 | #define N25Q128_ROTP 0x4B | |||
|
46 | #define N25Q128_WREN 0x06 | |||
|
47 | #define N25Q128_WRDI 0x04 | |||
|
48 | #define N25Q128_PP 0x02 | |||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 | ||||
|
52 | ||||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | extern void eepromN25Q128open(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,spi_t spidev,void (*select)(int sel),void (*writeprotect)(int wp),void (*holdreset)(int hr)); | |||
|
55 | extern void eepromN25Q128pagewrite(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,uint32_t address,unsigned char* page); | |||
|
56 | extern void eepromN25Q128pageread(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,uint32_t address,unsigned char* page); | |||
|
57 | extern void eepromN25Q128bytewrite(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,uint32_t address,unsigned char data); | |||
|
58 | extern unsigned char eepromN25Q128byteread(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,uint32_t address); | |||
|
59 | extern void eepromN25Q128readn(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,uint32_t address,unsigned char* data, unsigned int count); | |||
|
60 | extern void eepromN25Q128writen(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev,uint32_t address,unsigned char* data, unsigned int count); | |||
|
61 | extern void eepromN25Q128enablewrite(eepromN25Q128Dev* dev); | |||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | ||||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | #endif | |||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | ||||
|
70 | ||||
|
71 | ||||
|
72 | ||||
|
73 |
@@ -0,0 +1,62 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef SDCARD_SDIO_H | |||
|
23 | #define SDCARD_SDIO_H | |||
|
24 | #include <sdcard.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | extern void sdcardsdiomake(sdcardDev* sdcard,UHANDLE phy,void (*rcvr_mmc) (UHANDLE,char *,uint32_t ),void (*xmit_mmc) (UHANDLE,const char *,uint32_t ),void (*setspeed) (UHANDLE phy,uint32_t speed),uint32_t (*getspeed) (UHANDLE phy)); | |||
|
27 | extern void sdcardsdiomakeblkdev(blkdevice* dev,sdcardDev* sdcard, blkdevselect_t select,blkdevpower_t power,blkdevdetect_t detect,blkdevwriteprotected_t writeprotected); | |||
|
28 | ||||
|
29 | ||||
|
30 | #endif //SDCARD_SDIO_H | |||
|
31 | ||||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | ||||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | ||||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | ||||
|
39 | ||||
|
40 | ||||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | ||||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | ||||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 | ||||
|
52 | ||||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | ||||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | ||||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 |
@@ -0,0 +1,63 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef SDCARD_SPI_H | |||
|
23 | #define SDCARD_SPI_H | |||
|
24 | #include <sdcard.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | extern void sdcardspimake(sdcardDev* sdcard,UHANDLE phy,void (*rcvr_mmc) (UHANDLE,char *,uint32_t ),void (*xmit_mmc) (UHANDLE,const char *,uint32_t ),void (*setspeed) (UHANDLE phy,uint32_t speed),uint32_t (*getspeed) (UHANDLE phy)); | |||
|
28 | extern void sdcardspimakeblkdev(blkdevice* dev,sdcardDev* sdcard, blkdevselect_t select,blkdevpower_t power,blkdevdetect_t detect,blkdevwriteprotected_t writeprotected); | |||
|
29 | ||||
|
30 | ||||
|
31 | #endif | |||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | ||||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | ||||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | ||||
|
39 | ||||
|
40 | ||||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | ||||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | ||||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 | ||||
|
52 | ||||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | ||||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | ||||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 |
@@ -0,0 +1,104 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef SDCARD_H | |||
|
23 | #define SDCARD_H | |||
|
24 | #include <blkdevice.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | /* MMC/SD command */ | |||
|
27 | #define CMD0 (0) /* GO_IDLE_STATE */ | |||
|
28 | #define CMD1 (1) /* SEND_OP_COND (MMC) */ | |||
|
29 | #define ACMD41 (0x80+41) /* SEND_OP_COND (SDC) */ | |||
|
30 | #define CMD8 (8) /* SEND_IF_COND */ | |||
|
31 | #define CMD9 (9) /* SEND_CSD */ | |||
|
32 | #define CMD10 (10) /* SEND_CID */ | |||
|
33 | #define CMD12 (12) /* STOP_TRANSMISSION */ | |||
|
34 | #define ACMD13 (0x80+13) /* SD_STATUS (SDC) */ | |||
|
35 | #define CMD16 (16) /* SET_BLOCKLEN */ | |||
|
36 | #define CMD17 (17) /* READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */ | |||
|
37 | #define CMD18 (18) /* READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK */ | |||
|
38 | #define CMD23 (23) /* SET_BLOCK_COUNT (MMC) */ | |||
|
39 | #define ACMD23 (0x80+23) /* SET_WR_BLK_ERASE_COUNT (SDC) */ | |||
|
40 | #define CMD24 (24) /* WRITE_BLOCK */ | |||
|
41 | #define CMD25 (25) /* WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK */ | |||
|
42 | #define CMD32 (32) /* ERASE_ER_BLK_START */ | |||
|
43 | #define CMD33 (33) /* ERASE_ER_BLK_END */ | |||
|
44 | #define CMD38 (38) /* ERASE */ | |||
|
45 | #define CMD55 (55) /* APP_CMD */ | |||
|
46 | #define CMD58 (58) /* READ_OCR */ | |||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | /* Card type flags (CardType) */ | |||
|
49 | #define CT_MMC 0x01 /* MMC ver 3 */ | |||
|
50 | #define CT_SD1 0x02 /* SD ver 1 */ | |||
|
51 | #define CT_SD2 0x04 /* SD ver 2 */ | |||
|
52 | #define CT_SDC (CT_SD1|CT_SD2) /* SD */ | |||
|
53 | #define CT_BLOCK 0x08 /* Block addressing */ | |||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | struct sdcard_str | |||
|
56 | { | |||
|
57 | UHANDLE phy; | |||
|
58 | int (*rcvr_mmc) (UHANDLE phy,char *buff,uint32_t bc); | |||
|
59 | int (*xmit_mmc) (UHANDLE phy,const char *buff,uint32_t bc); | |||
|
60 | int (*setspeed) (UHANDLE phy,uint32_t speed); | |||
|
61 | uint32_t (*getspeed) (UHANDLE phy); | |||
|
62 | DSTATUS Stat; | |||
|
63 | char CardType; | |||
|
64 | }; | |||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | typedef volatile struct sdcard_str sdcardDev; | |||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | //extern void sdcardmake(sdcardDev* sdcard,UHANDLE phy,void (*rcvr_mmc) (UHANDLE,char *,uint32_t ),void (*xmit_mmc) (UHANDLE,const char *,uint32_t ),void (*setspeed) (UHANDLE phy,uint32_t speed),uint32_t (*getspeed) (UHANDLE phy)); | |||
|
69 | //extern void sdcardmakeblkdev(blkdevice* dev,sdcardDev* sdcard, blkdevselect_t select,blkdevpower_t power,blkdevdetect_t detect,blkdevwriteprotected_t writeprotected); | |||
|
70 | ||||
|
71 | ||||
|
72 | #endif | |||
|
73 | ||||
|
74 | ||||
|
75 | ||||
|
76 | ||||
|
77 | ||||
|
78 | ||||
|
79 | ||||
|
80 | ||||
|
81 | ||||
|
82 | ||||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | ||||
|
85 | ||||
|
86 | ||||
|
87 | ||||
|
88 | ||||
|
89 | ||||
|
90 | ||||
|
91 | ||||
|
92 | ||||
|
93 | ||||
|
94 | ||||
|
95 | ||||
|
96 | ||||
|
97 | ||||
|
98 | ||||
|
99 | ||||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | ||||
|
102 | ||||
|
103 | ||||
|
104 |
@@ -0,0 +1,128 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef BLKDEVICE_H | |||
|
23 | #define BLKDEVICE_H | |||
|
24 | #include <uhandle.h> | |||
|
25 | /* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */ | |||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | #define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */ | |||
|
28 | #define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */ | |||
|
29 | #define STA_PROTECT 0x04 /* Write protected */ | |||
|
30 | ||||
|
31 | ||||
|
32 | /* Command code for disk_ioctrl fucntion */ | |||
|
33 | /* Generic ioctl command (defined for FatFs) */ | |||
|
34 | #define CTRL_SYNC 0 /* Flush disk cache (for write functions) */ | |||
|
35 | #define GET_SECTOR_COUNT 1 /* Get media size (for only f_mkfs()) */ | |||
|
36 | #define GET_SECTOR_SIZE 2 /* Get sector size (for multiple sector size (_MAX_SS >= 1024)) */ | |||
|
37 | #define GET_BLOCK_SIZE 3 /* Get erase block size (for only f_mkfs()) */ | |||
|
38 | #define CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR 4 /* Force erased a block of sectors (for only _USE_ERASE) */ | |||
|
39 | ||||
|
40 | /* Generic ioctl command */ | |||
|
41 | #define CTRL_POWER 5 /* Get/Set power status */ | |||
|
42 | #define CTRL_LOCK 6 /* Lock/Unlock media removal */ | |||
|
43 | #define CTRL_EJECT 7 /* Eject media */ | |||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | /* MMC/SDC specific ioctl command */ | |||
|
46 | #define MMC_GET_TYPE 10 /* Get card type */ | |||
|
47 | #define MMC_GET_CSD 11 /* Get CSD */ | |||
|
48 | #define MMC_GET_CID 12 /* Get CID */ | |||
|
49 | #define MMC_GET_OCR 13 /* Get OCR */ | |||
|
50 | #define MMC_GET_SDSTAT 14 /* Get SD status */ | |||
|
51 | ||||
|
52 | /* ATA/CF specific ioctl command */ | |||
|
53 | #define ATA_GET_REV 20 /* Get F/W revision */ | |||
|
54 | #define ATA_GET_MODEL 21 /* Get model name */ | |||
|
55 | #define ATA_GET_SN 22 /* Get serial number */ | |||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | /* NAND specific ioctl command */ | |||
|
58 | #define NAND_FORMAT 30 /* Create physical format */ | |||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | /* Status of Disk Functions */ | |||
|
61 | typedef unsigned char DSTATUS; | |||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | /* Results of Disk Functions */ | |||
|
64 | typedef enum { | |||
|
65 | RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Successful */ | |||
|
66 | RES_ERROR, /* 1: R/W Error */ | |||
|
67 | RES_WRPRT, /* 2: Write Protected */ | |||
|
68 | RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not Ready */ | |||
|
69 | RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid Parameter */ | |||
|
70 | } DRESULT; | |||
|
71 | ||||
|
72 | typedef volatile struct blkdevice* blkdeviceptr; | |||
|
73 | ||||
|
74 | typedef void (*blkdevselect_t)(char) ; | |||
|
75 | typedef void (*blkdevpower_t)(char) ; | |||
|
76 | typedef char (*blkdevdetect_t)() ; | |||
|
77 | typedef char (*blkdevwriteprotected_t)() ; | |||
|
78 | typedef DRESULT (*blkdevwrite_t)(blkdeviceptr _this,const char *buff,unsigned long sector,char count) ; | |||
|
79 | typedef DRESULT (*blkdevread_t)(blkdeviceptr _this,char *buff,unsigned long sector,char count) ; | |||
|
80 | typedef DRESULT (*blkdevioctl_t)(blkdeviceptr _this,char ctrl,void *buff) ; | |||
|
81 | typedef DSTATUS (*blkdevinitialize_t)(blkdeviceptr _this) ; | |||
|
82 | typedef DSTATUS (*blkdevstatus_t) (blkdeviceptr _this) ; | |||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | typedef struct blkdevice | |||
|
85 | { | |||
|
86 | UHANDLE phy; | |||
|
87 | unsigned int size; | |||
|
88 | unsigned int MaxSpeed; | |||
|
89 | unsigned char Version; | |||
|
90 | blkdevselect_t select; | |||
|
91 | blkdevpower_t power; | |||
|
92 | blkdevdetect_t detect; | |||
|
93 | blkdevwriteprotected_t writeprotected; | |||
|
94 | blkdevwrite_t write; | |||
|
95 | blkdevread_t read; | |||
|
96 | blkdevioctl_t ioctl; | |||
|
97 | blkdevinitialize_t initialize; | |||
|
98 | blkdevstatus_t status; | |||
|
99 | }blkdevice; | |||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | ||||
|
102 | ||||
|
103 | ||||
|
104 | ||||
|
105 | ||||
|
106 | #endif | |||
|
107 | ||||
|
108 | ||||
|
109 | ||||
|
110 | ||||
|
111 | ||||
|
112 | ||||
|
113 | ||||
|
114 | ||||
|
115 | ||||
|
116 | ||||
|
117 | ||||
|
118 | ||||
|
119 | ||||
|
120 | ||||
|
121 | ||||
|
122 | ||||
|
123 | ||||
|
124 | ||||
|
125 | ||||
|
126 | ||||
|
127 | ||||
|
128 |
@@ -0,0 +1,194 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef FAT32_H | |||
|
23 | #define FAT32_H | |||
|
24 | #include <mbr.h> | |||
|
25 | #include <libucfs.h> | |||
|
26 | #include <ucdirent.h> | |||
|
27 | //#include <stdint.h> | |||
|
28 | /*BPB (Boot Sector) Offsets */ | |||
|
29 | ||||
|
30 | #define BS_jmpBootoff 0 | |||
|
31 | #define BS_OEMNameoff 3 | |||
|
32 | #define BPB_BytsPerSecoff 11 | |||
|
33 | #define BPB_SecPerClusoff 13 | |||
|
34 | #define BPB_RsvdSecCntoff 14 | |||
|
35 | #define BPB_NumFATsoff 16 | |||
|
36 | #define BPB_RootEntCntoff 17 | |||
|
37 | #define BPB_TotSec16off 19 | |||
|
38 | #define BPB_Mediaoff 21 | |||
|
39 | #define BPB_FATSz16off 22 | |||
|
40 | #define BPB_SecPerTrkoff 24 | |||
|
41 | #define BPB_NumHeadsoff 26 | |||
|
42 | #define BPB_HiddSecoff 28 | |||
|
43 | #define BPB_TotSec32off 32 | |||
|
44 | /*FAT16*/ | |||
|
45 | #define BS_DrvNumFAT16off 36 | |||
|
46 | #define BS_Reserved1FAT16off 37 | |||
|
47 | #define BS_BootSigFAT16off 38 | |||
|
48 | #define BS_VolIDFAT16off 39 | |||
|
49 | #define BS_VolLabFAT16off 43 | |||
|
50 | #define BS_FilSysTypeFAT16off 54 | |||
|
51 | /*FAT32*/ | |||
|
52 | #define BPB_FATSz32off 36 | |||
|
53 | #define BPB_ExtFlagsoff 40 | |||
|
54 | #define BPB_FSVeroff 42 | |||
|
55 | #define BPB_RootClusoff 44 | |||
|
56 | #define BPB_FSInfooff 48 | |||
|
57 | #define BPB_BkBootSecoff 50 | |||
|
58 | #define BPB_Reservedoff 52 | |||
|
59 | #define BS_DrvNumFAT32off 64 | |||
|
60 | #define BS_Reserved1FAT32off 65 | |||
|
61 | #define BS_BootSigFAT32off 66 | |||
|
62 | #define BS_VolIDFAT32off 67 | |||
|
63 | #define BS_VolLabFAT32off 71 | |||
|
64 | #define BS_FilSysTypeFAT32off 82 | |||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | #define DIR_Nameoff 0 | |||
|
68 | #define DIR_Attroff 0xb | |||
|
69 | #define DIR_FstClusHIoff 0x14 | |||
|
70 | #define DIR_FstClusLOoff 0x1A | |||
|
71 | #define DIR_FileSizeoff 0x1c | |||
|
72 | #define DIR_CrtTimeTenthoff 13 | |||
|
73 | #define DIR_CrtTimeoff 14 | |||
|
74 | #define DIR_CrtDateoff 16 | |||
|
75 | #define DIR_LstAccDateoff 18 | |||
|
76 | #define DIR_WrtTimeoff 22 | |||
|
77 | #define DIR_WrtDateoff 24 | |||
|
78 | ||||
|
79 | ||||
|
80 | ||||
|
81 | #define FATBadpart 1 | |||
|
82 | #define FATBabArg 2 | |||
|
83 | #define FATReadErr 3 | |||
|
84 | #define FATnoErr 0 | |||
|
85 | ||||
|
86 | /* | |||
|
87 | TODO : | |||
|
88 | intergrate a per BLKDEV or per partition buffer. | |||
|
89 | */ | |||
|
90 | typedef struct FAT32fs | |||
|
91 | { | |||
|
92 | uint16_t BPB_BytsPerSec; | |||
|
93 | uint16_t BPB_RsvdSecCnt; | |||
|
94 | uint32_t BPB_FATSz32; | |||
|
95 | uint32_t BPB_RootClus; | |||
|
96 | uint32_t fat_begin_lba; | |||
|
97 | uint32_t cluster_begin_lba; | |||
|
98 | uint8_t BPB_SecPerClus; | |||
|
99 | uint8_t BPB_NumFATs; | |||
|
100 | char valide; | |||
|
101 | dikpartition* part; | |||
|
102 | }FAT32fs; | |||
|
103 | ||||
|
104 | ||||
|
105 | #define castUI64(val) ((uint64_t)(val)) | |||
|
106 | #define castUI32(val) ((uint32_t)(val)) | |||
|
107 | #define castUI16(val) ((uint16_t)(val)) | |||
|
108 | #define castUI8(val) ((uint8_t)(val)) | |||
|
109 | ||||
|
110 | #define castI64(val) ((int64_t)(val)) | |||
|
111 | #define castI32(val) ((int32_t)(val)) | |||
|
112 | #define castI16(val) ((int16_t)(val)) | |||
|
113 | #define castI8(val) ((int8_t)(val)) | |||
|
114 | ||||
|
115 | /* | |||
|
116 | TODO : | |||
|
117 | Should add global function for casting with endianness care. | |||
|
118 | have a look at REV, REV16, REVSH, and RBIT ARMV7m asm | |||
|
119 | */ | |||
|
120 | ||||
|
121 | #if __BYTE_ORDER__==__ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__ | |||
|
122 | #define fat32Ui8_2_Ui32(table,lsBindex) ((uint32_t)((0xFF&(table[lsBindex]))+(0xFF00&(((uint32_t)table[lsBindex+1])<<8))+(0xFF0000&(((uint32_t)table[lsBindex+2])<<16))+(0xFF000000&(((uint32_t)table[lsBindex+3])<<24)))) | |||
|
123 | #define fat32Ui8_2_Ui16(table,lsBindex) ((uint16_t)((0xFF&(table[lsBindex]))+(0xFF00&(((uint16_t)table[lsBindex+1])<<8)))) | |||
|
124 | #define fat32extract16b(table, LSBOffset) (uint16_t)(( (uint16_t) ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)]) ) + (uint16_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+1]) << 8 )) | |||
|
125 | #define fat32extract32b(table, LSBOffset) (uint32_t)(( (uint32_t) ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)]) ) + (uint32_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+1]) << 8 )+ (uint32_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+2]) << 16 )+ (uint32_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+3]) << 24 )) | |||
|
126 | #else | |||
|
127 | #define fat32Ui8_2_Ui32(table,lsBindex) ((uint32_t)((0xFF&(table[lsBindex]))+(0xFF00&(((uint32_t)table[lsBindex+1])<<8))+(0xFF0000&(((uint32_t)table[lsBindex+2])<<16))+(0xFF000000&(((uint32_t)table[lsBindex+3])<<24)))) | |||
|
128 | #define fat32Ui8_2_Ui16(table,lsBindex) ((uint16_t)((0xFF&(table[lsBindex]))+(0xFF00&(((uint16_t)table[lsBindex+1])<<8)))) | |||
|
129 | #define fat32extract16b(table, LSBOffset) (uint16_t)(( (uint16_t) ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)]) ) + (uint16_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+1]) << 8 )) | |||
|
130 | #define fat32extract32b(table, LSBOffset) (uint32_t)(( (uint32_t) ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)]) ) + (uint32_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+1]) << 8 )+ (uint32_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+2]) << 16 )+ (uint32_t)( ((uint8_t)table[(LSBOffset)+3]) << 24 )) | |||
|
131 | #endif | |||
|
132 | ||||
|
133 | ||||
|
134 | /* Get the first sector lba of given cluster number*/ | |||
|
135 | #define clusterlba(fs,cluster_number) ((uint32_t)fs->cluster_begin_lba + (((uint32_t)cluster_number) - (2)) * (uint32_t)fs->BPB_SecPerClus) | |||
|
136 | ||||
|
137 | //#define fat32clusterinfatsect(fs,cluster_number) ((((uint32_t)(cluster_number))>>6) + fs->fat_begin_lba) | |||
|
138 | #define fat32clusterinfatsect(fs,cluster_number) ((((uint32_t)(cluster_number))>>7) + fs->fat_begin_lba) | |||
|
139 | #define fat32clusterinfatoff(cluster_number) (((cluster_number)&0x7F)*4) | |||
|
140 | ||||
|
141 | /*Get cluster index in FAT Table from sector address*/ | |||
|
142 | #define fat32masksectorlba(sectorlba,fs) (sectorlba)//(sectorlba & (castUI32(-1)^castUI32(fs->BPB_SecPerClus-1))) | |||
|
143 | #define fat32sectorlbatoclusternum(fs,sectorlba) (((fat32masksectorlba(castUI32(sectorlba),fs) -(castUI32(fs->cluster_begin_lba)))/castUI32(fs->BPB_SecPerClus))+castUI32(2)) | |||
|
144 | ||||
|
145 | ||||
|
146 | #ifdef FAT32_PRIVATE | |||
|
147 | #define fat32sectorreadout(fs,fatsec) \ | |||
|
148 | if((lastSecAddrs!=(fatsec)) || (lastFATFS!=(fs))) /*Check if sector already buffered*/ \ | |||
|
149 | {\ | |||
|
150 | if((fs)->part->phy->read((fs)->part->phy,fat32buff,(fatsec),1)!=RES_OK) \ | |||
|
151 | {\ | |||
|
152 | return DIRENT_ReadErr;\ | |||
|
153 | }\ | |||
|
154 | }\ | |||
|
155 | lastSecAddrs=(fatsec);\ | |||
|
156 | lastFATFS=(fs); | |||
|
157 | #endif | |||
|
158 | ||||
|
159 | extern int fat32open(FAT32fs* fs,dikpartition* part); | |||
|
160 | extern int fat32mkdirent(FAT32fs* fs,ucdirent* dirent); | |||
|
161 | extern int fat32getVolName(FAT32fs* fs,char* Name); | |||
|
162 | extern int fat32getrootfirstent(ucdirent* entry); | |||
|
163 | extern int fat32nextdirent(ucdirent* entry); | |||
|
164 | extern int fat32nextsectorlba(FAT32fs* fs,uint32_t lastsector_lba,uint32_t* nextsector_lba); | |||
|
165 | extern int fat32prevsectorlba(FAT32fs* fs,uint32_t lastsector_lba,uint32_t *nextsector_lba); | |||
|
166 | extern int fat32prevsectorlba2(FAT32fs* fs,ucdirent* entry,uint32_t lastsector_lba,uint32_t *nextsector_lba); | |||
|
167 | extern uint32_t fat32getdirentlba(ucdirent* entry); | |||
|
168 | extern int fat32getdirentname(ucdirent* entry,char* nameBuffer); | |||
|
169 | ||||
|
170 | #endif | |||
|
171 | ||||
|
172 | ||||
|
173 | ||||
|
174 | ||||
|
175 | ||||
|
176 | ||||
|
177 | ||||
|
178 | ||||
|
179 | ||||
|
180 | ||||
|
181 | ||||
|
182 | ||||
|
183 | ||||
|
184 | ||||
|
185 | ||||
|
186 | ||||
|
187 | ||||
|
188 | ||||
|
189 | ||||
|
190 | ||||
|
191 | ||||
|
192 | ||||
|
193 | ||||
|
194 |
@@ -0,0 +1,77 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef FS_H | |||
|
23 | #define FS_H | |||
|
24 | #include <blkdevice.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | struct fs_str | |||
|
27 | { | |||
|
28 | UHANDLE fat; | |||
|
29 | }; | |||
|
30 | ||||
|
31 | typedef struct fs_str filesys_t; | |||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | ||||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | #endif | |||
|
36 | ||||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | ||||
|
39 | ||||
|
40 | ||||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | ||||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | ||||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 | ||||
|
52 | ||||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | ||||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | ||||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | ||||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | ||||
|
70 | ||||
|
71 | ||||
|
72 | ||||
|
73 | ||||
|
74 | ||||
|
75 | ||||
|
76 | ||||
|
77 |
@@ -0,0 +1,71 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef MBR_H | |||
|
23 | #define MBR_H | |||
|
24 | #include <blkdevice.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | #define BootFlagoffset 0 | |||
|
27 | #define TypeCodeoffset 4 | |||
|
28 | #define LBABeginoffset 8 | |||
|
29 | #define NumOfSecoffset 12 | |||
|
30 | ||||
|
31 | #define MBRBadMbr 1 | |||
|
32 | #define MBRBabArg 2 | |||
|
33 | #define MBRReadErr 3 | |||
|
34 | #define MBRnoErr 0 | |||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | #define isFat32(TypeCode) (((TypeCode)==0x0b)||((TypeCode)==0x0c)) | |||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | typedef struct dikpartition | |||
|
39 | { | |||
|
40 | char TypeCode; | |||
|
41 | char valide; | |||
|
42 | unsigned int LBABegin; | |||
|
43 | unsigned int NumOfSec; | |||
|
44 | blkdevice* phy; | |||
|
45 | }dikpartition; | |||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | int mbropen(blkdevice* phy,dikpartition* part,char partNum); | |||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 | #endif | |||
|
52 | ||||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | ||||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | ||||
|
60 | ||||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | ||||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | ||||
|
70 | ||||
|
71 |
@@ -0,0 +1,131 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef UCDIRENT_H | |||
|
23 | #define UCDIRENT_H | |||
|
24 | #include <blkdevice.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | #define ATTR_READ_ONLY 0x01 | |||
|
28 | #define ATTR_HIDDEN 0x02 | |||
|
29 | #define ATTR_SYSTEM 0x04 | |||
|
30 | #define ATTR_VOLUME_ID 0x08 | |||
|
31 | #define ATTR_DIRECTORY 0x10 | |||
|
32 | #define ATTR_ARCHIVE 0x20 | |||
|
33 | #define ATTR_LONGNAME 0x0F | |||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | #define DIRENT_EndOfDir 1 | |||
|
36 | #define DIRENT_BabArg 2 | |||
|
37 | #define DIRENT_ReadErr 3 | |||
|
38 | #define DIRENT_LastSect 4 | |||
|
39 | #define DIRENT_BadSect 5 | |||
|
40 | #define DIRENT_noErr 0 | |||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | typedef struct ucdirent* ucdirentptr; | |||
|
43 | typedef int (*getrootfirstent_t)(ucdirentptr entry); | |||
|
44 | typedef int (*nextdirent_t)(ucdirentptr entry); | |||
|
45 | typedef int (*getname_t)(ucdirentptr entry,char* name); | |||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | typedef struct dirent | |||
|
48 | { | |||
|
49 | unsigned char DIR_Name[16]; | |||
|
50 | unsigned char DIR_Attr; | |||
|
51 | unsigned char DIR_CrtTimeTenth; | |||
|
52 | unsigned short DIR_CrtTime; | |||
|
53 | unsigned short DIR_CrtDate; | |||
|
54 | unsigned short DIR_LstAccDate; | |||
|
55 | unsigned short DIR_FstClusHI; | |||
|
56 | unsigned short DIR_WrtTime; | |||
|
57 | unsigned short DIR_WrtDate; | |||
|
58 | unsigned short DIR_FstClustLO; | |||
|
59 | unsigned int DIR_FileSize; | |||
|
60 | unsigned int CurrentSec; | |||
|
61 | unsigned char Currententry; | |||
|
62 | UHANDLE fs; | |||
|
63 | getrootfirstent_t getrootfirstent; | |||
|
64 | nextdirent_t nextdirent; | |||
|
65 | getname_t getname; | |||
|
66 | }dirent; | |||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | typedef struct ucdirent{ | |||
|
69 | uint8_t DIR_Name[16]; | |||
|
70 | uint8_t DIR_Attr; | |||
|
71 | uint8_t DIR_CrtTimeTenth; | |||
|
72 | uint16_t DIR_CrtTime; | |||
|
73 | uint16_t DIR_CrtDate; | |||
|
74 | uint16_t DIR_LstAccDate; | |||
|
75 | uint16_t DIR_FstClusHI; | |||
|
76 | uint16_t DIR_WrtTime; | |||
|
77 | uint16_t DIR_WrtDate; | |||
|
78 | uint16_t DIR_FstClustLO; | |||
|
79 | uint32_t DIR_FileSize; | |||
|
80 | uint32_t CurrentSec; | |||
|
81 | uint8_t Currententry; | |||
|
82 | UHANDLE fs; | |||
|
83 | getrootfirstent_t getrootfirstent; | |||
|
84 | nextdirent_t nextdirent; | |||
|
85 | getname_t getname; | |||
|
86 | }ucdirent; | |||
|
87 | ||||
|
88 | ||||
|
89 | ||||
|
90 | #define direntgetroot(dirent) (dirent).getrootfirstent(&dirent) | |||
|
91 | #define direntgetnext(dirent) (dirent).nextdirent(&dirent) | |||
|
92 | ||||
|
93 | #endif | |||
|
94 | ||||
|
95 | ||||
|
96 | ||||
|
97 | ||||
|
98 | ||||
|
99 | ||||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | ||||
|
102 | ||||
|
103 | ||||
|
104 | ||||
|
105 | ||||
|
106 | ||||
|
107 | ||||
|
108 | ||||
|
109 | ||||
|
110 | ||||
|
111 | ||||
|
112 | ||||
|
113 | ||||
|
114 | ||||
|
115 | ||||
|
116 | ||||
|
117 | ||||
|
118 | ||||
|
119 | ||||
|
120 | ||||
|
121 | ||||
|
122 | ||||
|
123 | ||||
|
124 | ||||
|
125 | ||||
|
126 | ||||
|
127 | ||||
|
128 | ||||
|
129 | ||||
|
130 | ||||
|
131 |
@@ -0,0 +1,51 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | #-- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | #-- Copyright (C) 2011, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | #-- | |||
|
5 | #-- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | #-- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | #-- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | #-- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | #-- | |||
|
10 | #-- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | #-- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | #-- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | #-- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | #-- | |||
|
15 | #-- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | #-- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | #-- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | #------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | #-- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | #-- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | #-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef HEXVIEWER_H | |||
|
23 | #define HEXVIEWER_H | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | ||||
|
27 | ||||
|
28 | ||||
|
29 | extern void hexviewershow(const char* table,unsigned int size,unsigned int offset); | |||
|
30 | ||||
|
31 | ||||
|
32 | #endif | |||
|
33 | ||||
|
34 | ||||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | ||||
|
37 | ||||
|
38 | ||||
|
39 | ||||
|
40 | ||||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | ||||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | ||||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | ||||
|
49 | ||||
|
50 | ||||
|
51 |
@@ -0,0 +1,138 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | /* | |||
|
23 | */ | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | #ifndef ADC_H | |||
|
26 | #define ADC_H | |||
|
27 | #include <uhandle.h> | |||
|
28 | ||||
|
29 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
30 | extern "C" { | |||
|
31 | #endif | |||
|
32 | ||||
|
33 | ||||
|
34 | typedef struct adc_t | |||
|
35 | { | |||
|
36 | void* _dev; | |||
|
37 | int cfg; | |||
|
38 | int rate; | |||
|
39 | }adc_t; | |||
|
40 | ||||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | typedef enum | |||
|
43 | { | |||
|
44 | adc6bits = 0x1, | |||
|
45 | adc7bits = 0x2, | |||
|
46 | adc8bits = 0x3, | |||
|
47 | adc9bits = 0x4, | |||
|
48 | adc10bits = 0x5, | |||
|
49 | adc11bits = 0x6, | |||
|
50 | adc12bits = 0x7, | |||
|
51 | adc13bits = 0x8, | |||
|
52 | adc14bits = 0x9, | |||
|
53 | adc15bits = 0xA, | |||
|
54 | adc16bits = 0xB, | |||
|
55 | adc17bits = 0xC, | |||
|
56 | adc18bits = 0xD, | |||
|
57 | adc19bits = 0xE, | |||
|
58 | adc20bits = 0xF, | |||
|
59 | adc21bits = 0x10, | |||
|
60 | adc22bits = 0x11, | |||
|
61 | adc23bits = 0x12, | |||
|
62 | adc24bits = 0x13 | |||
|
63 | }adcbits_t; | |||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | #define ADCBITSMASK 0xF | |||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | typedef enum | |||
|
68 | { | |||
|
69 | adcsingle = 0x00, | |||
|
70 | adcmaster = 0x10 | |||
|
71 | }adcconvmode_t; | |||
|
72 | ||||
|
73 | #define ADCCONVMODEMASK 0x10 | |||
|
74 | ||||
|
75 | typedef enum | |||
|
76 | { | |||
|
77 | spiclkinhlow = 0x00, | |||
|
78 | spiclkinhhigh = 0x20 | |||
|
79 | }spiclkinhlvl_t; | |||
|
80 | ||||
|
81 | #define SPICLKINHLVLMASK 0x20 | |||
|
82 | ||||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | typedef enum | |||
|
85 | { | |||
|
86 | spiclkfirstedge = 0x00, | |||
|
87 | spiclksecondedge = 0x40 | |||
|
88 | }spiclkphase_t; | |||
|
89 | ||||
|
90 | #define SPICLKPHASEMASK 0x40 | |||
|
91 | ||||
|
92 | typedef enum | |||
|
93 | { | |||
|
94 | spimsbfirst = 0x00, | |||
|
95 | spilsbfirst = 0x80 | |||
|
96 | }spibitorder_t; | |||
|
97 | ||||
|
98 | #define SPIBITORDERMASK 0x80 | |||
|
99 | ||||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | extern int spiopen(int count,spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
102 | extern int spiopenandconfig(int count,spi_t* spidev,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed,uint32_t MOSIpin,uint32_t MISOpin,uint32_t SCKpin,uint32_t SCSpin); | |||
|
103 | extern int spiclose(spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
104 | extern int spisetpins(spi_t* spidev,uint32_t MOSIpin,uint32_t MISOpin,uint32_t SCKpin,uint32_t SCSpin); | |||
|
105 | extern int spienable(spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
106 | extern int spidisable(spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
107 | extern int spisetconfig(spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
108 | extern int spisetspeed(spi_t* spidev, uint32_t speed); | |||
|
109 | extern int spisetbitorder(spi_t* spidev,spibitorder_t order); | |||
|
110 | extern int spisetdatabits(spi_t* spidev,spibits_t bitscnt); | |||
|
111 | extern int spisetclkinhlevel(spi_t* spidev,spiclkinhlvl_t level); | |||
|
112 | extern int spisetclkphase(spi_t* spidev,spiclkphase_t phase); | |||
|
113 | extern int spiputw(spi_t* spidev,uint16_t data); | |||
|
114 | extern uint16_t spigetw(spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
115 | extern int spiputs(spi_t* spidev,char* s); | |||
|
116 | extern int spigets(spi_t* spidev,char* s); | |||
|
117 | extern int spiputnw(spi_t* spidev,uint16_t* w,int n); | |||
|
118 | extern int spigetnw(spi_t* spidev,uint16_t* w,int n); | |||
|
119 | extern int spiputnc(spi_t* spidev,char* c,int n); | |||
|
120 | extern int spigetnc(spi_t* spidev,char* c,int n); | |||
|
121 | extern int spiavailiabledata(spi_t* spidev); | |||
|
122 | ||||
|
123 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
124 | } | |||
|
125 | #endif | |||
|
126 | #endif //ADC_H | |||
|
127 | ||||
|
128 | ||||
|
129 | ||||
|
130 | ||||
|
131 | ||||
|
132 | ||||
|
133 | ||||
|
134 | ||||
|
135 | ||||
|
136 | ||||
|
137 | ||||
|
138 |
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (590 lines changed) Show them Hide them | |||||
@@ -0,0 +1,590 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | ||||
|
23 | /*! \file gpio.h | |||
|
24 | \brief GPIO api. | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | The gpio api gives you a standard way to drive any gpio on any processor. | |||
|
27 | With this api you will be able to open and configure your gpios and set/clear read them. | |||
|
28 | ||||
|
29 | A simple example to drive PA0 and read PA1. | |||
|
30 | \code | |||
|
31 | // lets open PA0 and PA1 | |||
|
32 | gpio_t mygpio1 gpioopen(PA0); | |||
|
33 | gpioopen(PA1); | |||
|
34 | mygpio1 |= gpiohighspeed | gpiooutdir | gpiopushpulltype | gpionopulltype; | |||
|
35 | gpiosetconfig(mygpio1); | |||
|
36 | //you can also configure with the pin name | |||
|
37 | gpiosetconfig(PA1|gpiohighspeed | gpioindir); | |||
|
38 | //to set PA0 | |||
|
39 | gpioset(mygpio1); | |||
|
40 | //to clear it | |||
|
41 | gpioclr(PA0); //PA0 also works and save 4 bytes! | |||
|
42 | //Let read PA1 and write it to PA0 | |||
|
43 | gpiosetval(PA0,gpiogetval(PA1)); | |||
|
44 | \endcode | |||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | */ | |||
|
47 | #ifndef GPIO_H | |||
|
48 | #define GPIO_H | |||
|
49 | #include <stdint.h> | |||
|
50 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
51 | extern "C" { | |||
|
52 | #endif | |||
|
53 | ||||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | typedef uint32_t gpio_t; | |||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | typedef enum gpiospeed_t | |||
|
58 | { | |||
|
59 | gpiolowspeed = 0x00000, | |||
|
60 | gpiomediumspeed = 0x10000, | |||
|
61 | gpiofastspeed = 0x20000, | |||
|
62 | gpiohighspeed = 0x30000 | |||
|
63 | }gpiospeed_t; | |||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | typedef enum gpiodir_t | |||
|
68 | { | |||
|
69 | gpioindir = 0x00000, | |||
|
70 | gpiooutdir = 0x40000, | |||
|
71 | gpioaf = 0x80000, | |||
|
72 | gpioan = 0xC0000 | |||
|
73 | }gpiodir_t; | |||
|
74 | ||||
|
75 | ||||
|
76 | ||||
|
77 | ||||
|
78 | typedef enum gpioouttype_t | |||
|
79 | { | |||
|
80 | gpiopushpulltype = 0x000000, | |||
|
81 | gpioopendraintype = 0x100000 | |||
|
82 | }gpioouttype_t; | |||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | ||||
|
85 | ||||
|
86 | typedef enum gpiopulltype_t | |||
|
87 | { | |||
|
88 | gpionopulltype = 0x000000, | |||
|
89 | gpiopulluptype = 0x200000, | |||
|
90 | gpiopulldowntype = 0x400000 | |||
|
91 | }gpiopulltype_t; | |||
|
92 | ||||
|
93 | #ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS | |||
|
94 | #define GPIOSPEEDMASK 0x30000 | |||
|
95 | #define GPIODIRMASK 0xC0000 | |||
|
96 | #define GPIOOUTTYPEMASK 0x100000 | |||
|
97 | #define GPIOPULLTYPEMASK 0x600000 | |||
|
98 | #endif | |||
|
99 | ||||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | extern gpio_t gpioopen(uint32_t gpio); | |||
|
102 | extern void gpioclose(gpio_t gpio); | |||
|
103 | extern void gpiosetconfig(gpio_t* gpio); | |||
|
104 | extern void gpiosetdir(gpio_t* gpio,gpiodir_t dir); | |||
|
105 | extern void gpiosetouttype(gpio_t* gpio, gpioouttype_t outtype); | |||
|
106 | extern void gpiosetpulltype(gpio_t* gpio,gpiopulltype_t pulltype); | |||
|
107 | extern void gpiosetspeed(gpio_t* gpio,gpiospeed_t speed); | |||
|
108 | extern void gpioset(gpio_t gpio); | |||
|
109 | extern void gpioclr(gpio_t gpio); | |||
|
110 | extern void gpiosetval(gpio_t gpio,int val); | |||
|
111 | extern int gpiogetval(gpio_t gpio); | |||
|
112 | ||||
|
113 | #define GPIOISINPUT(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIODIRMASK)==gpioindir) | |||
|
114 | #define GPIOISOUTPUT(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOSPEEDMASK)==gpiooutdir) | |||
|
115 | ||||
|
116 | #define GPIOISLOWSPEED(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOSPEEDMASK)==gpiolowspeed) | |||
|
117 | #define GPIOISMEDIUMSPEED(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOSPEEDMASK)==gpiomediumspeed) | |||
|
118 | #define GPIOISFASTPEED(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOSPEEDMASK)==gpiofastspeed) | |||
|
119 | #define GPIOISHIGHSPEED(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOSPEEDMASK)==gpiohighspeeds) | |||
|
120 | ||||
|
121 | #define GPIOISPUSHPULL(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOOUTTYPEMASK)==gpiopushpulltype) | |||
|
122 | #define GPIOISOPENDRAIN(gpio) (((gpio) & GPIOOUTTYPEMASK)==gpioopendraintype) | |||
|
123 | ||||
|
124 | #define GPIOISNOPULL(GPIO) (((gpio) & GPIOPULLTYPEMASK)==gpionopulltype) | |||
|
125 | #define GPIOISPULLUP(GPIO) (((gpio) & GPIOPULLTYPEMASK)==gpiopulluptype) | |||
|
126 | #define GPIOISPULLDOWN(GPIO) (((gpio) & GPIOPULLTYPEMASK)==gpiopulldowntype) | |||
|
127 | ||||
|
128 | #ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS | |||
|
129 | ||||
|
130 | #define PA0 ((0<<8)+0) | |||
|
131 | #define PA1 ((0<<8)+1) | |||
|
132 | #define PA2 ((0<<8)+2) | |||
|
133 | #define PA3 ((0<<8)+3) | |||
|
134 | #define PA4 ((0<<8)+4) | |||
|
135 | #define PA5 ((0<<8)+5) | |||
|
136 | #define PA6 ((0<<8)+6) | |||
|
137 | #define PA7 ((0<<8)+7) | |||
|
138 | #define PA8 ((0<<8)+8) | |||
|
139 | #define PA9 ((0<<8)+9) | |||
|
140 | #define PA10 ((0<<8)+10) | |||
|
141 | #define PA11 ((0<<8)+11) | |||
|
142 | #define PA12 ((0<<8)+12) | |||
|
143 | #define PA13 ((0<<8)+13) | |||
|
144 | #define PA14 ((0<<8)+14) | |||
|
145 | #define PA15 ((0<<8)+15) | |||
|
146 | #define PAX ((0<<8)+255) | |||
|
147 | #define PB0 ((1<<8)+0) | |||
|
148 | #define PB1 ((1<<8)+1) | |||
|
149 | #define PB2 ((1<<8)+2) | |||
|
150 | #define PB3 ((1<<8)+3) | |||
|
151 | #define PB4 ((1<<8)+4) | |||
|
152 | #define PB5 ((1<<8)+5) | |||
|
153 | #define PB6 ((1<<8)+6) | |||
|
154 | #define PB7 ((1<<8)+7) | |||
|
155 | #define PB8 ((1<<8)+8) | |||
|
156 | #define PB9 ((1<<8)+9) | |||
|
157 | #define PB10 ((1<<8)+10) | |||
|
158 | #define PB11 ((1<<8)+11) | |||
|
159 | #define PB12 ((1<<8)+12) | |||
|
160 | #define PB13 ((1<<8)+13) | |||
|
161 | #define PB14 ((1<<8)+14) | |||
|
162 | #define PB15 ((1<<8)+15) | |||
|
163 | #define PBX ((1<<8)+255) | |||
|
164 | #define PC0 ((2<<8)+0) | |||
|
165 | #define PC1 ((2<<8)+1) | |||
|
166 | #define PC2 ((2<<8)+2) | |||
|
167 | #define PC3 ((2<<8)+3) | |||
|
168 | #define PC4 ((2<<8)+4) | |||
|
169 | #define PC5 ((2<<8)+5) | |||
|
170 | #define PC6 ((2<<8)+6) | |||
|
171 | #define PC7 ((2<<8)+7) | |||
|
172 | #define PC8 ((2<<8)+8) | |||
|
173 | #define PC9 ((2<<8)+9) | |||
|
174 | #define PC10 ((2<<8)+10) | |||
|
175 | #define PC11 ((2<<8)+11) | |||
|
176 | #define PC12 ((2<<8)+12) | |||
|
177 | #define PC13 ((2<<8)+13) | |||
|
178 | #define PC14 ((2<<8)+14) | |||
|
179 | #define PC15 ((2<<8)+15) | |||
|
180 | #define PCX ((2<<8)+255) | |||
|
181 | #define PD0 ((3<<8)+0) | |||
|
182 | #define PD1 ((3<<8)+1) | |||
|
183 | #define PD2 ((3<<8)+2) | |||
|
184 | #define PD3 ((3<<8)+3) | |||
|
185 | #define PD4 ((3<<8)+4) | |||
|
186 | #define PD5 ((3<<8)+5) | |||
|
187 | #define PD6 ((3<<8)+6) | |||
|
188 | #define PD7 ((3<<8)+7) | |||
|
189 | #define PD8 ((3<<8)+8) | |||
|
190 | #define PD9 ((3<<8)+9) | |||
|
191 | #define PD10 ((3<<8)+10) | |||
|
192 | #define PD11 ((3<<8)+11) | |||
|
193 | #define PD12 ((3<<8)+12) | |||
|
194 | #define PD13 ((3<<8)+13) | |||
|
195 | #define PD14 ((3<<8)+14) | |||
|
196 | #define PD15 ((3<<8)+15) | |||
|
197 | #define PDX ((3<<8)+255) | |||
|
198 | #define PE0 ((4<<8)+0) | |||
|
199 | #define PE1 ((4<<8)+1) | |||
|
200 | #define PE2 ((4<<8)+2) | |||
|
201 | #define PE3 ((4<<8)+3) | |||
|
202 | #define PE4 ((4<<8)+4) | |||
|
203 | #define PE5 ((4<<8)+5) | |||
|
204 | #define PE6 ((4<<8)+6) | |||
|
205 | #define PE7 ((4<<8)+7) | |||
|
206 | #define PE8 ((4<<8)+8) | |||
|
207 | #define PE9 ((4<<8)+9) | |||
|
208 | #define PE10 ((4<<8)+10) | |||
|
209 | #define PE11 ((4<<8)+11) | |||
|
210 | #define PE12 ((4<<8)+12) | |||
|
211 | #define PE13 ((4<<8)+13) | |||
|
212 | #define PE14 ((4<<8)+14) | |||
|
213 | #define PE15 ((4<<8)+15) | |||
|
214 | #define PEX ((4<<8)+255) | |||
|
215 | #define PF0 ((5<<8)+0) | |||
|
216 | #define PF1 ((5<<8)+1) | |||
|
217 | #define PF2 ((5<<8)+2) | |||
|
218 | #define PF3 ((5<<8)+3) | |||
|
219 | #define PF4 ((5<<8)+4) | |||
|
220 | #define PF5 ((5<<8)+5) | |||
|
221 | #define PF6 ((5<<8)+6) | |||
|
222 | #define PF7 ((5<<8)+7) | |||
|
223 | #define PF8 ((5<<8)+8) | |||
|
224 | #define PF9 ((5<<8)+9) | |||
|
225 | #define PF10 ((5<<8)+10) | |||
|
226 | #define PF11 ((5<<8)+11) | |||
|
227 | #define PF12 ((5<<8)+12) | |||
|
228 | #define PF13 ((5<<8)+13) | |||
|
229 | #define PF14 ((5<<8)+14) | |||
|
230 | #define PF15 ((5<<8)+15) | |||
|
231 | #define PFX ((5<<8)+255) | |||
|
232 | #define PG0 ((6<<8)+0) | |||
|
233 | #define PG1 ((6<<8)+1) | |||
|
234 | #define PG2 ((6<<8)+2) | |||
|
235 | #define PG3 ((6<<8)+3) | |||
|
236 | #define PG4 ((6<<8)+4) | |||
|
237 | #define PG5 ((6<<8)+5) | |||
|
238 | #define PG6 ((6<<8)+6) | |||
|
239 | #define PG7 ((6<<8)+7) | |||
|
240 | #define PG8 ((6<<8)+8) | |||
|
241 | #define PG9 ((6<<8)+9) | |||
|
242 | #define PG10 ((6<<8)+10) | |||
|
243 | #define PG11 ((6<<8)+11) | |||
|
244 | #define PG12 ((6<<8)+12) | |||
|
245 | #define PG13 ((6<<8)+13) | |||
|
246 | #define PG14 ((6<<8)+14) | |||
|
247 | #define PG15 ((6<<8)+15) | |||
|
248 | #define PGX ((6<<8)+255) | |||
|
249 | #define PH0 ((7<<8)+0) | |||
|
250 | #define PH1 ((7<<8)+1) | |||
|
251 | #define PH2 ((7<<8)+2) | |||
|
252 | #define PH3 ((7<<8)+3) | |||
|
253 | #define PH4 ((7<<8)+4) | |||
|
254 | #define PH5 ((7<<8)+5) | |||
|
255 | #define PH6 ((7<<8)+6) | |||
|
256 | #define PH7 ((7<<8)+7) | |||
|
257 | #define PH8 ((7<<8)+8) | |||
|
258 | #define PH9 ((7<<8)+9) | |||
|
259 | #define PH10 ((7<<8)+10) | |||
|
260 | #define PH11 ((7<<8)+11) | |||
|
261 | #define PH12 ((7<<8)+12) | |||
|
262 | #define PH13 ((7<<8)+13) | |||
|
263 | #define PH14 ((7<<8)+14) | |||
|
264 | #define PH15 ((7<<8)+15) | |||
|
265 | #define PHX ((7<<8)+255) | |||
|
266 | #define PI0 ((8<<8)+0) | |||
|
267 | #define PI1 ((8<<8)+1) | |||
|
268 | #define PI2 ((8<<8)+2) | |||
|
269 | #define PI3 ((8<<8)+3) | |||
|
270 | #define PI4 ((8<<8)+4) | |||
|
271 | #define PI5 ((8<<8)+5) | |||
|
272 | #define PI6 ((8<<8)+6) | |||
|
273 | #define PI7 ((8<<8)+7) | |||
|
274 | #define PI8 ((8<<8)+8) | |||
|
275 | #define PI9 ((8<<8)+9) | |||
|
276 | #define PI10 ((8<<8)+10) | |||
|
277 | #define PI11 ((8<<8)+11) | |||
|
278 | #define PI12 ((8<<8)+12) | |||
|
279 | #define PI13 ((8<<8)+13) | |||
|
280 | #define PI14 ((8<<8)+14) | |||
|
281 | #define PI15 ((8<<8)+15) | |||
|
282 | #define PIX ((8<<8)+255) | |||
|
283 | #define PJ0 ((9<<8)+0) | |||
|
284 | #define PJ1 ((9<<8)+1) | |||
|
285 | #define PJ2 ((9<<8)+2) | |||
|
286 | #define PJ3 ((9<<8)+3) | |||
|
287 | #define PJ4 ((9<<8)+4) | |||
|
288 | #define PJ5 ((9<<8)+5) | |||
|
289 | #define PJ6 ((9<<8)+6) | |||
|
290 | #define PJ7 ((9<<8)+7) | |||
|
291 | #define PJ8 ((9<<8)+8) | |||
|
292 | #define PJ9 ((9<<8)+9) | |||
|
293 | #define PJ10 ((9<<8)+10) | |||
|
294 | #define PJ11 ((9<<8)+11) | |||
|
295 | #define PJ12 ((9<<8)+12) | |||
|
296 | #define PJ13 ((9<<8)+13) | |||
|
297 | #define PJ14 ((9<<8)+14) | |||
|
298 | #define PJ15 ((9<<8)+15) | |||
|
299 | #define PJX ((9<<8)+255) | |||
|
300 | #define PK0 ((10<<8)+0) | |||
|
301 | #define PK1 ((10<<8)+1) | |||
|
302 | #define PK2 ((10<<8)+2) | |||
|
303 | #define PK3 ((10<<8)+3) | |||
|
304 | #define PK4 ((10<<8)+4) | |||
|
305 | #define PK5 ((10<<8)+5) | |||
|
306 | #define PK6 ((10<<8)+6) | |||
|
307 | #define PK7 ((10<<8)+7) | |||
|
308 | #define PK8 ((10<<8)+8) | |||
|
309 | #define PK9 ((10<<8)+9) | |||
|
310 | #define PK10 ((10<<8)+10) | |||
|
311 | #define PK11 ((10<<8)+11) | |||
|
312 | #define PK12 ((10<<8)+12) | |||
|
313 | #define PK13 ((10<<8)+13) | |||
|
314 | #define PK14 ((10<<8)+14) | |||
|
315 | #define PK15 ((10<<8)+15) | |||
|
316 | #define PKX ((10<<8)+255) | |||
|
317 | #define PL0 ((11<<8)+0) | |||
|
318 | #define PL1 ((11<<8)+1) | |||
|
319 | #define PL2 ((11<<8)+2) | |||
|
320 | #define PL3 ((11<<8)+3) | |||
|
321 | #define PL4 ((11<<8)+4) | |||
|
322 | #define PL5 ((11<<8)+5) | |||
|
323 | #define PL6 ((11<<8)+6) | |||
|
324 | #define PL7 ((11<<8)+7) | |||
|
325 | #define PL8 ((11<<8)+8) | |||
|
326 | #define PL9 ((11<<8)+9) | |||
|
327 | #define PL10 ((11<<8)+10) | |||
|
328 | #define PL11 ((11<<8)+11) | |||
|
329 | #define PL12 ((11<<8)+12) | |||
|
330 | #define PL13 ((11<<8)+13) | |||
|
331 | #define PL14 ((11<<8)+14) | |||
|
332 | #define PL15 ((11<<8)+15) | |||
|
333 | #define PLX ((11<<8)+255) | |||
|
334 | #define PM0 ((12<<8)+0) | |||
|
335 | #define PM1 ((12<<8)+1) | |||
|
336 | #define PM2 ((12<<8)+2) | |||
|
337 | #define PM3 ((12<<8)+3) | |||
|
338 | #define PM4 ((12<<8)+4) | |||
|
339 | #define PM5 ((12<<8)+5) | |||
|
340 | #define PM6 ((12<<8)+6) | |||
|
341 | #define PM7 ((12<<8)+7) | |||
|
342 | #define PM8 ((12<<8)+8) | |||
|
343 | #define PM9 ((12<<8)+9) | |||
|
344 | #define PM10 ((12<<8)+10) | |||
|
345 | #define PM11 ((12<<8)+11) | |||
|
346 | #define PM12 ((12<<8)+12) | |||
|
347 | #define PM13 ((12<<8)+13) | |||
|
348 | #define PM14 ((12<<8)+14) | |||
|
349 | #define PM15 ((12<<8)+15) | |||
|
350 | #define PMX ((12<<8)+255) | |||
|
351 | #define PN0 ((13<<8)+0) | |||
|
352 | #define PN1 ((13<<8)+1) | |||
|
353 | #define PN2 ((13<<8)+2) | |||
|
354 | #define PN3 ((13<<8)+3) | |||
|
355 | #define PN4 ((13<<8)+4) | |||
|
356 | #define PN5 ((13<<8)+5) | |||
|
357 | #define PN6 ((13<<8)+6) | |||
|
358 | #define PN7 ((13<<8)+7) | |||
|
359 | #define PN8 ((13<<8)+8) | |||
|
360 | #define PN9 ((13<<8)+9) | |||
|
361 | #define PN10 ((13<<8)+10) | |||
|
362 | #define PN11 ((13<<8)+11) | |||
|
363 | #define PN12 ((13<<8)+12) | |||
|
364 | #define PN13 ((13<<8)+13) | |||
|
365 | #define PN14 ((13<<8)+14) | |||
|
366 | #define PN15 ((13<<8)+15) | |||
|
367 | #define PNX ((13<<8)+255) | |||
|
368 | #define PO0 ((14<<8)+0) | |||
|
369 | #define PO1 ((14<<8)+1) | |||
|
370 | #define PO2 ((14<<8)+2) | |||
|
371 | #define PO3 ((14<<8)+3) | |||
|
372 | #define PO4 ((14<<8)+4) | |||
|
373 | #define PO5 ((14<<8)+5) | |||
|
374 | #define PO6 ((14<<8)+6) | |||
|
375 | #define PO7 ((14<<8)+7) | |||
|
376 | #define PO8 ((14<<8)+8) | |||
|
377 | #define PO9 ((14<<8)+9) | |||
|
378 | #define PO10 ((14<<8)+10) | |||
|
379 | #define PO11 ((14<<8)+11) | |||
|
380 | #define PO12 ((14<<8)+12) | |||
|
381 | #define PO13 ((14<<8)+13) | |||
|
382 | #define PO14 ((14<<8)+14) | |||
|
383 | #define PO15 ((14<<8)+15) | |||
|
384 | #define POX ((14<<8)+255) | |||
|
385 | #define PP0 ((15<<8)+0) | |||
|
386 | #define PP1 ((15<<8)+1) | |||
|
387 | #define PP2 ((15<<8)+2) | |||
|
388 | #define PP3 ((15<<8)+3) | |||
|
389 | #define PP4 ((15<<8)+4) | |||
|
390 | #define PP5 ((15<<8)+5) | |||
|
391 | #define PP6 ((15<<8)+6) | |||
|
392 | #define PP7 ((15<<8)+7) | |||
|
393 | #define PP8 ((15<<8)+8) | |||
|
394 | #define PP9 ((15<<8)+9) | |||
|
395 | #define PP10 ((15<<8)+10) | |||
|
396 | #define PP11 ((15<<8)+11) | |||
|
397 | #define PP12 ((15<<8)+12) | |||
|
398 | #define PP13 ((15<<8)+13) | |||
|
399 | #define PP14 ((15<<8)+14) | |||
|
400 | #define PP15 ((15<<8)+15) | |||
|
401 | #define PPX ((15<<8)+255) | |||
|
402 | #define PQ0 ((16<<8)+0) | |||
|
403 | #define PQ1 ((16<<8)+1) | |||
|
404 | #define PQ2 ((16<<8)+2) | |||
|
405 | #define PQ3 ((16<<8)+3) | |||
|
406 | #define PQ4 ((16<<8)+4) | |||
|
407 | #define PQ5 ((16<<8)+5) | |||
|
408 | #define PQ6 ((16<<8)+6) | |||
|
409 | #define PQ7 ((16<<8)+7) | |||
|
410 | #define PQ8 ((16<<8)+8) | |||
|
411 | #define PQ9 ((16<<8)+9) | |||
|
412 | #define PQ10 ((16<<8)+10) | |||
|
413 | #define PQ11 ((16<<8)+11) | |||
|
414 | #define PQ12 ((16<<8)+12) | |||
|
415 | #define PQ13 ((16<<8)+13) | |||
|
416 | #define PQ14 ((16<<8)+14) | |||
|
417 | #define PQ15 ((16<<8)+15) | |||
|
418 | #define PQX ((16<<8)+255) | |||
|
419 | #define PR0 ((17<<8)+0) | |||
|
420 | #define PR1 ((17<<8)+1) | |||
|
421 | #define PR2 ((17<<8)+2) | |||
|
422 | #define PR3 ((17<<8)+3) | |||
|
423 | #define PR4 ((17<<8)+4) | |||
|
424 | #define PR5 ((17<<8)+5) | |||
|
425 | #define PR6 ((17<<8)+6) | |||
|
426 | #define PR7 ((17<<8)+7) | |||
|
427 | #define PR8 ((17<<8)+8) | |||
|
428 | #define PR9 ((17<<8)+9) | |||
|
429 | #define PR10 ((17<<8)+10) | |||
|
430 | #define PR11 ((17<<8)+11) | |||
|
431 | #define PR12 ((17<<8)+12) | |||
|
432 | #define PR13 ((17<<8)+13) | |||
|
433 | #define PR14 ((17<<8)+14) | |||
|
434 | #define PR15 ((17<<8)+15) | |||
|
435 | #define PRX ((17<<8)+255) | |||
|
436 | #define PS0 ((18<<8)+0) | |||
|
437 | #define PS1 ((18<<8)+1) | |||
|
438 | #define PS2 ((18<<8)+2) | |||
|
439 | #define PS3 ((18<<8)+3) | |||
|
440 | #define PS4 ((18<<8)+4) | |||
|
441 | #define PS5 ((18<<8)+5) | |||
|
442 | #define PS6 ((18<<8)+6) | |||
|
443 | #define PS7 ((18<<8)+7) | |||
|
444 | #define PS8 ((18<<8)+8) | |||
|
445 | #define PS9 ((18<<8)+9) | |||
|
446 | #define PS10 ((18<<8)+10) | |||
|
447 | #define PS11 ((18<<8)+11) | |||
|
448 | #define PS12 ((18<<8)+12) | |||
|
449 | #define PS13 ((18<<8)+13) | |||
|
450 | #define PS14 ((18<<8)+14) | |||
|
451 | #define PS15 ((18<<8)+15) | |||
|
452 | #define PSX ((18<<8)+255) | |||
|
453 | #define PT0 ((19<<8)+0) | |||
|
454 | #define PT1 ((19<<8)+1) | |||
|
455 | #define PT2 ((19<<8)+2) | |||
|
456 | #define PT3 ((19<<8)+3) | |||
|
457 | #define PT4 ((19<<8)+4) | |||
|
458 | #define PT5 ((19<<8)+5) | |||
|
459 | #define PT6 ((19<<8)+6) | |||
|
460 | #define PT7 ((19<<8)+7) | |||
|
461 | #define PT8 ((19<<8)+8) | |||
|
462 | #define PT9 ((19<<8)+9) | |||
|
463 | #define PT10 ((19<<8)+10) | |||
|
464 | #define PT11 ((19<<8)+11) | |||
|
465 | #define PT12 ((19<<8)+12) | |||
|
466 | #define PT13 ((19<<8)+13) | |||
|
467 | #define PT14 ((19<<8)+14) | |||
|
468 | #define PT15 ((19<<8)+15) | |||
|
469 | #define PTX ((19<<8)+255) | |||
|
470 | #define PU0 ((20<<8)+0) | |||
|
471 | #define PU1 ((20<<8)+1) | |||
|
472 | #define PU2 ((20<<8)+2) | |||
|
473 | #define PU3 ((20<<8)+3) | |||
|
474 | #define PU4 ((20<<8)+4) | |||
|
475 | #define PU5 ((20<<8)+5) | |||
|
476 | #define PU6 ((20<<8)+6) | |||
|
477 | #define PU7 ((20<<8)+7) | |||
|
478 | #define PU8 ((20<<8)+8) | |||
|
479 | #define PU9 ((20<<8)+9) | |||
|
480 | #define PU10 ((20<<8)+10) | |||
|
481 | #define PU11 ((20<<8)+11) | |||
|
482 | #define PU12 ((20<<8)+12) | |||
|
483 | #define PU13 ((20<<8)+13) | |||
|
484 | #define PU14 ((20<<8)+14) | |||
|
485 | #define PU15 ((20<<8)+15) | |||
|
486 | #define PUX ((20<<8)+255) | |||
|
487 | #define PV0 ((21<<8)+0) | |||
|
488 | #define PV1 ((21<<8)+1) | |||
|
489 | #define PV2 ((21<<8)+2) | |||
|
490 | #define PV3 ((21<<8)+3) | |||
|
491 | #define PV4 ((21<<8)+4) | |||
|
492 | #define PV5 ((21<<8)+5) | |||
|
493 | #define PV6 ((21<<8)+6) | |||
|
494 | #define PV7 ((21<<8)+7) | |||
|
495 | #define PV8 ((21<<8)+8) | |||
|
496 | #define PV9 ((21<<8)+9) | |||
|
497 | #define PV10 ((21<<8)+10) | |||
|
498 | #define PV11 ((21<<8)+11) | |||
|
499 | #define PV12 ((21<<8)+12) | |||
|
500 | #define PV13 ((21<<8)+13) | |||
|
501 | #define PV14 ((21<<8)+14) | |||
|
502 | #define PV15 ((21<<8)+15) | |||
|
503 | #define PVX ((21<<8)+255) | |||
|
504 | #define PW0 ((22<<8)+0) | |||
|
505 | #define PW1 ((22<<8)+1) | |||
|
506 | #define PW2 ((22<<8)+2) | |||
|
507 | #define PW3 ((22<<8)+3) | |||
|
508 | #define PW4 ((22<<8)+4) | |||
|
509 | #define PW5 ((22<<8)+5) | |||
|
510 | #define PW6 ((22<<8)+6) | |||
|
511 | #define PW7 ((22<<8)+7) | |||
|
512 | #define PW8 ((22<<8)+8) | |||
|
513 | #define PW9 ((22<<8)+9) | |||
|
514 | #define PW10 ((22<<8)+10) | |||
|
515 | #define PW11 ((22<<8)+11) | |||
|
516 | #define PW12 ((22<<8)+12) | |||
|
517 | #define PW13 ((22<<8)+13) | |||
|
518 | #define PW14 ((22<<8)+14) | |||
|
519 | #define PW15 ((22<<8)+15) | |||
|
520 | #define PWX ((22<<8)+255) | |||
|
521 | #define PX0 ((23<<8)+0) | |||
|
522 | #define PX1 ((23<<8)+1) | |||
|
523 | #define PX2 ((23<<8)+2) | |||
|
524 | #define PX3 ((23<<8)+3) | |||
|
525 | #define PX4 ((23<<8)+4) | |||
|
526 | #define PX5 ((23<<8)+5) | |||
|
527 | #define PX6 ((23<<8)+6) | |||
|
528 | #define PX7 ((23<<8)+7) | |||
|
529 | #define PX8 ((23<<8)+8) | |||
|
530 | #define PX9 ((23<<8)+9) | |||
|
531 | #define PX10 ((23<<8)+10) | |||
|
532 | #define PX11 ((23<<8)+11) | |||
|
533 | #define PX12 ((23<<8)+12) | |||
|
534 | #define PX13 ((23<<8)+13) | |||
|
535 | #define PX14 ((23<<8)+14) | |||
|
536 | #define PX15 ((23<<8)+15) | |||
|
537 | #define PXX ((23<<8)+255) | |||
|
538 | #define PY0 ((24<<8)+0) | |||
|
539 | #define PY1 ((24<<8)+1) | |||
|
540 | #define PY2 ((24<<8)+2) | |||
|
541 | #define PY3 ((24<<8)+3) | |||
|
542 | #define PY4 ((24<<8)+4) | |||
|
543 | #define PY5 ((24<<8)+5) | |||
|
544 | #define PY6 ((24<<8)+6) | |||
|
545 | #define PY7 ((24<<8)+7) | |||
|
546 | #define PY8 ((24<<8)+8) | |||
|
547 | #define PY9 ((24<<8)+9) | |||
|
548 | #define PY10 ((24<<8)+10) | |||
|
549 | #define PY11 ((24<<8)+11) | |||
|
550 | #define PY12 ((24<<8)+12) | |||
|
551 | #define PY13 ((24<<8)+13) | |||
|
552 | #define PY14 ((24<<8)+14) | |||
|
553 | #define PY15 ((24<<8)+15) | |||
|
554 | #define PYX ((24<<8)+255) | |||
|
555 | #define PZ0 ((25<<8)+0) | |||
|
556 | #define PZ1 ((25<<8)+1) | |||
|
557 | #define PZ2 ((25<<8)+2) | |||
|
558 | #define PZ3 ((25<<8)+3) | |||
|
559 | #define PZ4 ((25<<8)+4) | |||
|
560 | #define PZ5 ((25<<8)+5) | |||
|
561 | #define PZ6 ((25<<8)+6) | |||
|
562 | #define PZ7 ((25<<8)+7) | |||
|
563 | #define PZ8 ((25<<8)+8) | |||
|
564 | #define PZ9 ((25<<8)+9) | |||
|
565 | #define PZ10 ((25<<8)+10) | |||
|
566 | #define PZ11 ((25<<8)+11) | |||
|
567 | #define PZ12 ((25<<8)+12) | |||
|
568 | #define PZ13 ((25<<8)+13) | |||
|
569 | #define PZ14 ((25<<8)+14) | |||
|
570 | #define PZ15 ((25<<8)+15) | |||
|
571 | #define PZX ((25<<8)+255) | |||
|
572 | ||||
|
573 | #endif | |||
|
574 | ||||
|
575 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
576 | } | |||
|
577 | #endif | |||
|
578 | #endif //GPIO_H | |||
|
579 | ||||
|
580 | ||||
|
581 | ||||
|
582 | ||||
|
583 | ||||
|
584 | ||||
|
585 | ||||
|
586 | ||||
|
587 | ||||
|
588 | ||||
|
589 | ||||
|
590 |
@@ -0,0 +1,72 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef I2C_H | |||
|
23 | #define I2C_H | |||
|
24 | #include <streamdevices.h> | |||
|
25 | ||||
|
26 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
27 | extern "C" { | |||
|
28 | #endif | |||
|
29 | ||||
|
30 | typedef int i2c_t; | |||
|
31 | ||||
|
32 | #define i2c1 0 | |||
|
33 | #define i2c2 1 | |||
|
34 | #define i2c3 2 | |||
|
35 | #define i2c4 3 | |||
|
36 | #define i2c5 4 | |||
|
37 | #define i2c6 5 | |||
|
38 | #define i2c7 6 | |||
|
39 | #define i2c8 7 | |||
|
40 | #define i2c9 8 | |||
|
41 | ||||
|
42 | extern int i2ctimeout; | |||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | extern i2c_t i2copen(int count); | |||
|
45 | extern i2c_t i2copenandconfig(int count ,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed,uint32_t SDA,uint32_t SCL); | |||
|
46 | extern int i2cclose(i2c_t dev); | |||
|
47 | extern int i2csetpins(i2c_t dev,uint32_t SDA,uint32_t SCL); | |||
|
48 | extern int i2cenable(i2c_t dev); | |||
|
49 | extern int i2cdisable(i2c_t dev); | |||
|
50 | //extern int i2csetconfig(i2c_t dev); | |||
|
51 | extern int i2csetspeed(i2c_t dev,uint32_t speed); | |||
|
52 | //extern int i2csetdatabits(i2c_t* dev,uartbits_t databits); | |||
|
53 | extern int i2cwrite(i2c_t dev,char address,char* data,int count); | |||
|
54 | extern int i2cread(i2c_t dev,char address,char* data,int count); | |||
|
55 | extern int i2cbusy(i2c_t dev); | |||
|
56 | extern int i2cStatusCheck(i2c_t dev,int32_t flagMask); | |||
|
57 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
58 | } | |||
|
59 | #endif | |||
|
60 | #endif //I2C_H | |||
|
61 | ||||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | ||||
|
64 | ||||
|
65 | ||||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | ||||
|
69 | ||||
|
70 | ||||
|
71 | ||||
|
72 |
@@ -0,0 +1,150 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | /* | |||
|
23 | TODO: | |||
|
24 | Add SPI slave mode | |||
|
25 | Add interrupt interface | |||
|
26 | */ | |||
|
27 | ||||
|
28 | #ifndef SPI_H | |||
|
29 | #define SPI_H | |||
|
30 | #include <uhandle.h> | |||
|
31 | ||||
|
32 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
33 | extern "C" { | |||
|
34 | #endif | |||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | /* | |||
|
37 | typedef struct spi_t | |||
|
38 | { | |||
|
39 | void* _dev; | |||
|
40 | int cfg; | |||
|
41 | int speed; | |||
|
42 | }spi_t;*/ | |||
|
43 | ||||
|
44 | typedef int spi_t; | |||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | #define spi1 ((spi_t)0) | |||
|
47 | #define spi2 ((spi_t)1) | |||
|
48 | #define spi3 ((spi_t)2) | |||
|
49 | #define spi4 ((spi_t)3) | |||
|
50 | #define spi5 ((spi_t)4) | |||
|
51 | #define spi6 ((spi_t)5) | |||
|
52 | #define spi7 ((spi_t)6) | |||
|
53 | #define spi8 ((spi_t)7) | |||
|
54 | #define spi9 ((spi_t)8) | |||
|
55 | ||||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | typedef enum | |||
|
58 | { | |||
|
59 | spi4bits = 0x3, | |||
|
60 | spi5bits = 0x4, | |||
|
61 | spi6bits = 0x5, | |||
|
62 | spi7bits = 0x6, | |||
|
63 | spi8bits = 0x7, | |||
|
64 | spi9bits = 0x8, | |||
|
65 | spi10bits = 0x9, | |||
|
66 | spi11bits = 0xA, | |||
|
67 | spi12bits = 0xB, | |||
|
68 | spi13bits = 0xC, | |||
|
69 | spi14bits = 0xD, | |||
|
70 | spi15bits = 0xE, | |||
|
71 | spi16bits = 0xF | |||
|
72 | }spibits_t; | |||
|
73 | ||||
|
74 | #define SPIBITSMASK 0xF | |||
|
75 | ||||
|
76 | typedef enum | |||
|
77 | { | |||
|
78 | spislave = 0x00, | |||
|
79 | spimaster = 0x10 | |||
|
80 | }spimode_t; | |||
|
81 | ||||
|
82 | #define SPIMODEMASK 0x10 | |||
|
83 | ||||
|
84 | typedef enum | |||
|
85 | { | |||
|
86 | spiclkinhlow = 0x00, | |||
|
87 | spiclkinhhigh = 0x20 | |||
|
88 | }spiclkinhlvl_t; | |||
|
89 | ||||
|
90 | #define SPICLKINHLVLMASK 0x20 | |||
|
91 | ||||
|
92 | ||||
|
93 | typedef enum | |||
|
94 | { | |||
|
95 | spiclkfirstedge = 0x00, | |||
|
96 | spiclksecondedge = 0x40 | |||
|
97 | }spiclkphase_t; | |||
|
98 | ||||
|
99 | #define SPICLKPHASEMASK 0x40 | |||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | typedef enum | |||
|
102 | { | |||
|
103 | spimsbfirst = 0x00, | |||
|
104 | spilsbfirst = 0x80 | |||
|
105 | }spibitorder_t; | |||
|
106 | ||||
|
107 | #define SPIBITORDERMASK 0x80 | |||
|
108 | ||||
|
109 | ||||
|
110 | extern spi_t spiopen(int count); | |||
|
111 | extern spi_t spiopenandconfig(int count,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed,uint32_t MOSIpin,uint32_t MISOpin,uint32_t SCKpin,uint32_t SCSpin); | |||
|
112 | extern int spiclose(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
113 | extern int spisetpins(spi_t spidev,uint32_t MOSIpin,uint32_t MISOpin,uint32_t SCKpin,uint32_t SCSpin); | |||
|
114 | extern int spienable(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
115 | extern int spidisable(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
116 | extern int spitransactionfinished(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
117 | extern int spisetconfig(spi_t spidev,uint32_t config,uint32_t speed); | |||
|
118 | extern int spisetspeed(spi_t spidev, uint32_t speed); | |||
|
119 | extern uint32_t spigetspeed(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
120 | extern int spisetbitorder(spi_t spidev,spibitorder_t order); | |||
|
121 | extern int spisetdatabits(spi_t spidev,spibits_t bitscnt); | |||
|
122 | extern int spisetclkinhlevel(spi_t spidev,spiclkinhlvl_t level); | |||
|
123 | extern int spisetclkphase(spi_t spidev,spiclkphase_t phase); | |||
|
124 | extern int spiputw(spi_t spidev,uint16_t data); | |||
|
125 | extern uint16_t spigetw(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
126 | extern uint16_t spigetw2(spi_t spidev,uint16_t data); | |||
|
127 | extern int spiputs(spi_t spidev,char* s); | |||
|
128 | extern int spigets(spi_t spidev,char* s); | |||
|
129 | extern int spiputnw(spi_t spidev,uint16_t* w,int n); | |||
|
130 | extern int spigetnw(spi_t spidev,uint16_t* w,int n); | |||
|
131 | extern int spiputnc(spi_t spidev,char* c,int n); | |||
|
132 | extern int spigetnc(spi_t spidev,char* c,int n); | |||
|
133 | extern int spiavailiabledata(spi_t spidev); | |||
|
134 | ||||
|
135 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
136 | } | |||
|
137 | #endif | |||
|
138 | #endif //SPI_H | |||
|
139 | ||||
|
140 | ||||
|
141 | ||||
|
142 | ||||
|
143 | ||||
|
144 | ||||
|
145 | ||||
|
146 | ||||
|
147 | ||||
|
148 | ||||
|
149 | ||||
|
150 |
@@ -0,0 +1,319 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | /*! \file uart.h | |||
|
23 | \brief UART api. | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | The uart api gives you a standard way to drive any uart on any processor. | |||
|
26 | With this api you will be able to open and configure your UART define the | |||
|
27 | associated pins when applicable and read/write on it. Note that depending | |||
|
28 | on the target architecture you can have soft or hard UART. | |||
|
29 | ||||
|
30 | A simple example to read or writes on uart1. | |||
|
31 | \code | |||
|
32 | // lets open uart1 | |||
|
33 | //config : | |||
|
34 | // -parity = No | |||
|
35 | // -data bits = 8 | |||
|
36 | // -stop bits = 1 | |||
|
37 | // -speed = 115200 bauds | |||
|
38 | // -TX = PA9 | |||
|
39 | // -RX = PA10 | |||
|
40 | // -CTS = unused (-1) | |||
|
41 | // -RTS = unused (-1) | |||
|
42 | uart_t uart = uartopenandconfig(uart1,uartparitynone | uart8bits | uartonestop,115200,PA9,PA10,-1,-1); | |||
|
43 | //check that everything is ok | |||
|
44 | if(uart==uart1) | |||
|
45 | { | |||
|
46 | //to write 0xFF on uart1 | |||
|
47 | uartputc(uart,0xFF); | |||
|
48 | //you can also send a string on uart1 | |||
|
49 | char* buffer="hello"; | |||
|
50 | uartputs(uart,buffer); | |||
|
51 | //to read a char | |||
|
52 | char result = uartgetc(uart); | |||
|
53 | } | |||
|
54 | ||||
|
55 | \endcode | |||
|
56 | ||||
|
57 | */ | |||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | #ifndef UART_H | |||
|
60 | #define UART_H | |||
|
61 | #include <streamdevices.h> | |||
|
62 | ||||
|
63 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
64 | extern "C" { | |||
|
65 | #endif | |||
|
66 | ||||
|
67 | /* | |||
|
68 | typedef volatile struct uart_t | |||
|
69 | { | |||
|
70 | volatile void* _dev; | |||
|
71 | volatile int cfg; | |||
|
72 | volatile int speed; | |||
|
73 | }uart_t; | |||
|
74 | */ | |||
|
75 | ||||
|
76 | /** | |||
|
77 | * @brief uart handle | |||
|
78 | * | |||
|
79 | * uart_t is the handle type you will use for all uart related functions. | |||
|
80 | */ | |||
|
81 | typedef int uart_t; | |||
|
82 | ||||
|
83 | #define uart1 0 ///< uart1 | |||
|
84 | #define uart2 1 ///< uart2 | |||
|
85 | #define uart3 2 ///< uart3 | |||
|
86 | #define uart4 3 ///< uart4 | |||
|
87 | #define uart5 4 ///< uart5 | |||
|
88 | #define uart6 5 ///< uart6 | |||
|
89 | #define uart7 6 ///< uart7 | |||
|
90 | #define uart8 7 ///< uart8 | |||
|
91 | #define uart9 8 ///< uart9 | |||
|
92 | ||||
|
93 | #ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS | |||
|
94 | #define UARTPARITYMASK 0x3 | |||
|
95 | #define UARTBITSMASK 0xC | |||
|
96 | #define UARTSTOPBITSMASK 0x70 | |||
|
97 | #endif | |||
|
98 | ||||
|
99 | /** | |||
|
100 | * @brief Uart parity enum | |||
|
101 | * | |||
|
102 | * Use uartparity_t values to configure the parity of your UART port with | |||
|
103 | * uartsetparity function or uartsetconfig. Don't try to use numerical values | |||
|
104 | * directly! | |||
|
105 | */ | |||
|
106 | typedef enum uartparity_t | |||
|
107 | { | |||
|
108 | uartparitynone = 0x1, /**< No parity */ | |||
|
109 | uartparityeven = 0x2, /**< Even parity */ | |||
|
110 | uartparityodd = 0x3 /**< Odd parity */ | |||
|
111 | }uartparity_t; | |||
|
112 | ||||
|
113 | /** | |||
|
114 | * @brief Uart data bits enum | |||
|
115 | * | |||
|
116 | * Use uartbits_t values to configure the number of data bits of your UART port with | |||
|
117 | * uartsetdatabits function or uartsetconfig. Don't try to use numerical values | |||
|
118 | * directly! | |||
|
119 | */ | |||
|
120 | typedef enum uartbits_t | |||
|
121 | { | |||
|
122 | uart7bits = 0x4, /**< 7 data bits communication */ | |||
|
123 | uart8bits = 0x8, /**< 8 data bits communication */ | |||
|
124 | uart9bits = 0xC /**< 9 data bits communication */ | |||
|
125 | }uartbits_t; | |||
|
126 | ||||
|
127 | /** | |||
|
128 | * @brief Uart stop bits enum | |||
|
129 | * | |||
|
130 | * Use uartstopbits_t values to configure the number of stop bits of your UART port with | |||
|
131 | * uartsetstopbits function or uartsetconfig. Don't try to use numerical values | |||
|
132 | * directly! | |||
|
133 | */ | |||
|
134 | typedef enum uartstopbits_t | |||
|
135 | { | |||
|
136 | uarthalfstop = 0x10, /**< 0.5 stop bits communication */ | |||
|
137 | uartonestop = 0x20, /**< 1 stop bits communication */ | |||
|
138 | uartonehalfstop = 0x30, /**< 1.5 stop bits communication */ | |||
|
139 | uarttwostop = 0x40 /**< 2 stop bits communication */ | |||
|
140 | }uartstopbits_t; | |||
|
141 | ||||
|
142 | ||||
|
143 | ||||
|
144 | /** | |||
|
145 | * @brief Uart open function | |||
|
146 | * | |||
|
147 | * This function opens the given uart, it should turn it ON iff needed and enable it. | |||
|
148 | * @param count The uart identifier uart1 for example | |||
|
149 | * @return The uart identifier on success or -1 if it fails. | |||
|
150 | */ | |||
|
151 | extern uart_t uartopen(int count); | |||
|
152 | /** | |||
|
153 | * @brief Uart open and configure function | |||
|
154 | * | |||
|
155 | * This function call uartopen and configure the UART with the given parameters. | |||
|
156 | * @param count The uart identifier uart1 for example | |||
|
157 | * @param cfg The configuration of the UART, build from an or mask. | |||
|
158 | * @param speed The target speed of the UART in bauds, the real speed depend on the implementation | |||
|
159 | * and the target. | |||
|
160 | * @param TXpin The TXpin look gpio api. | |||
|
161 | * @param RXpin The RXpin look gpio api. | |||
|
162 | * @param RTSpin The RTSpin look gpio api. | |||
|
163 | * @param CTSpin The CTSpin look gpio api. | |||
|
164 | * @return The uart identifier on success or -1 if it fails. | |||
|
165 | * @sa uartclose(uart_t uart), uartopenandconfig(int count ,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed,uint32_t TXpin,uint32_t RXpin,uint32_t RTSpin,uint32_t CTSpin), uartsetconfig(uart_t uart,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed) | |||
|
166 | */ | |||
|
167 | extern uart_t uartopenandconfig(int count ,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed,uint32_t TXpin,uint32_t RXpin,uint32_t RTSpin,uint32_t CTSpin); | |||
|
168 | /** | |||
|
169 | * @brief Uart close function | |||
|
170 | * | |||
|
171 | * This function should at least reset the UART configuration. | |||
|
172 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
173 | * @return 1 on success or -1 on error. | |||
|
174 | */ | |||
|
175 | extern int uartclose(uart_t uart); | |||
|
176 | /** | |||
|
177 | * @brief uart set pins function | |||
|
178 | * | |||
|
179 | * This function sets the Uart pins, you have to check for each target that the pins you selected | |||
|
180 | * are compatible with the desired function. | |||
|
181 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
182 | * @param TXpin The TXpin look gpio api. | |||
|
183 | * @param RXpin The RXpin look gpio api. | |||
|
184 | * @param RTSpin The RTSpin look gpio api. | |||
|
185 | * @param CTSpin The CTSpin look gpio api. | |||
|
186 | * @return 1 on success or -1 on error. | |||
|
187 | * @sa uartopen(int count) | |||
|
188 | */ | |||
|
189 | extern int uartsetpins(uart_t uart,uint32_t TXpin,uint32_t RXpin,uint32_t RTSpin,uint32_t CTSpin); | |||
|
190 | /** | |||
|
191 | * @brief Enable uart functionnable | |||
|
192 | * | |||
|
193 | *This function enables given uart, it makes sens on target where you can enable or disable | |||
|
194 | *the uart. | |||
|
195 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
196 | * @return 1 on success or -1 on error. | |||
|
197 | * @sa uartenable(uart_t uart) | |||
|
198 | */ | |||
|
199 | extern int uartenable(uart_t uart); | |||
|
200 | /** | |||
|
201 | * @brief Disable uart function | |||
|
202 | * | |||
|
203 | *This function disables given uart, it makes sens on target where you can enable or disable | |||
|
204 | *the uart. | |||
|
205 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
206 | * @return 1 on success or -1 on error. | |||
|
207 | */ | |||
|
208 | extern int uartdisable(uart_t uart); | |||
|
209 | /** | |||
|
210 | * @brief uart set configuration function | |||
|
211 | * | |||
|
212 | * This function configure the given uart. | |||
|
213 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
214 | * @param cfg | |||
|
215 | * @param speed | |||
|
216 | * @return | |||
|
217 | */ | |||
|
218 | extern int uartsetconfig(uart_t uart,uint32_t cfg,uint32_t speed); | |||
|
219 | /** | |||
|
220 | * @brief uartsetspeed | |||
|
221 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
222 | * @param speed | |||
|
223 | * @return | |||
|
224 | */ | |||
|
225 | extern int uartsetspeed(uart_t uart,uint32_t speed); | |||
|
226 | /** | |||
|
227 | * @brief uartsetparity | |||
|
228 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
229 | * @param parity | |||
|
230 | * @return | |||
|
231 | */ | |||
|
232 | extern int uartsetparity(uart_t uart,uartparity_t parity); | |||
|
233 | /** | |||
|
234 | * @brief uartsetdatabits | |||
|
235 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
236 | * @param databits | |||
|
237 | * @return | |||
|
238 | */ | |||
|
239 | extern int uartsetdatabits(uart_t uart,uartbits_t databits); | |||
|
240 | /** | |||
|
241 | * @brief uartsetstopbits | |||
|
242 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
243 | * @param stopbits | |||
|
244 | * @return | |||
|
245 | */ | |||
|
246 | extern int uartsetstopbits(uart_t uart,uartstopbits_t stopbits); | |||
|
247 | /** | |||
|
248 | * @brief uartputc | |||
|
249 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
250 | * @param c | |||
|
251 | * @return | |||
|
252 | */ | |||
|
253 | extern int uartputc(uart_t uart,char c); | |||
|
254 | /** | |||
|
255 | * @brief uartgetc | |||
|
256 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
257 | * @return | |||
|
258 | */ | |||
|
259 | extern char uartgetc(uart_t uart); | |||
|
260 | /** | |||
|
261 | * @brief uartputs | |||
|
262 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
263 | * @param s | |||
|
264 | * @return | |||
|
265 | */ | |||
|
266 | extern int uartputs(uart_t uart,char* s); | |||
|
267 | /** | |||
|
268 | * @brief uartgets | |||
|
269 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
270 | * @param s | |||
|
271 | * @return | |||
|
272 | */ | |||
|
273 | extern int uartgets(uart_t uart,char* s); | |||
|
274 | /** | |||
|
275 | * @brief uartputnc | |||
|
276 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
277 | * @param c | |||
|
278 | * @param n | |||
|
279 | * @return | |||
|
280 | */ | |||
|
281 | extern int uartputnc(uart_t uart,char* c,int n); | |||
|
282 | /** | |||
|
283 | * @brief uartgetnc | |||
|
284 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
285 | * @param c | |||
|
286 | * @param n | |||
|
287 | * @return | |||
|
288 | */ | |||
|
289 | extern int uartgetnc(uart_t uart,char* c,int n); | |||
|
290 | /** | |||
|
291 | * @brief uartavailiabledata | |||
|
292 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
293 | * @return | |||
|
294 | */ | |||
|
295 | extern int uartavailiabledata(uart_t uart); | |||
|
296 | /** | |||
|
297 | * @brief uartmkstreamdev | |||
|
298 | * @param uart The uart identifier uart1 for example. | |||
|
299 | * @param strdev | |||
|
300 | * @return | |||
|
301 | */ | |||
|
302 | extern int uartmkstreamdev(uart_t uart,streamdevice* strdev); | |||
|
303 | ||||
|
304 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |||
|
305 | } | |||
|
306 | #endif | |||
|
307 | #endif //SPI_H | |||
|
308 | ||||
|
309 | ||||
|
310 | ||||
|
311 | ||||
|
312 | ||||
|
313 | ||||
|
314 | ||||
|
315 | ||||
|
316 | ||||
|
317 | ||||
|
318 | ||||
|
319 |
@@ -0,0 +1,104 | |||||
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |||
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |||
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2011, Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
4 | -- | |||
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |||
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |||
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |||
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |||
|
9 | -- | |||
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |||
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |||
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |||
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |||
|
14 | -- | |||
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |||
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |||
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |||
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |||
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |||
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |||
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |||
|
22 | #ifndef INA226_H | |||
|
23 | #define INA226_H | |||
|
24 | ||||
|
25 | #include <i2c.h> | |||
|
26 | //#include <uhandle.h> | |||
|
27 | ||||
|
28 | typedef struct INA226_t | |||
|
29 | { | |||
|
30 | i2c_t i2cdev; | |||
|
31 | uint8_t devAddress; | |||
|
32 | uint32_t shuntmOhm; | |||
|
33 | uint32_t CurrentRangeuAmp; | |||
|
34 | }INA226_t; | |||
|
35 | ||||
|
36 | extern int ina226open(INA226_t* dev,i2c_t i2cdev,uint16_t config,uint8_t A0,uint8_t A1,uint32_t shuntmOhm, uint32_t CurrentRangeuAmp); | |||
|
37 | extern uint16_t ina226getID(INA226_t* dev); | |||
|
38 | extern int ina226calibrate(INA226_t* dev,uint32_t shuntmOhm, uint32_t CurrentRangeuAmp); | |||
|
39 | extern uint32_t ina226getBusVoltage(INA226_t* dev); | |||
|
40 | extern uint32_t ina226getPower(INA226_t* dev); | |||
|
41 | extern int32_t ina226getCurrent(INA226_t* dev); | |||
|
42 | extern uint16_t ina226getReg(INA226_t* dev,char reg); | |||
|
43 | extern int ina226setReg(INA226_t* dev,char reg,int16_t value); | |||
|
44 | ||||
|
45 | ||||
|
46 | #define INA226_I2C_ADDRESS 0x40 | |||
|
47 | ||||
|
48 | ||||
|
49 | #define INA226_Die_ID_Reg 0xFF | |||
|
50 | #define INA226_Configuration_Reg 0 | |||
|
51 | #define INA226_Shunt_Voltage_Reg 1 | |||
|
52 | #define INA226_Bus_Voltage_Reg 2 | |||
|
53 | #define INA226_Power_Reg 3 | |||
|
54 | #define INA226_Current_Reg 4 | |||
|
55 | #define INA226_Calibration_Reg 5 | |||
|
56 | #define INA226_Mask_Enable_Reg 6 | |||
|
57 | #define INA226_Alert_Limit_Reg 7 | |||
|
58 | ||||
|
59 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_1 0 | |||
|
60 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_4 (1<<9) | |||
|
61 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_16 (2<<9) | |||
|
62 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_64 (3<<9) | |||
|
63 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_128 (4<<9) | |||
|
64 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_256 (5<<9) | |||
|
65 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_512 (6<<9) | |||
|
66 | #define INA226_AVERAGES_1024 (7<<9) | |||
|
67 | ||||
|
68 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_140us 0 | |||
|
69 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_204us (1<<6) | |||
|
70 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_332us (2<<6) | |||
|
71 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_588us (3<<6) | |||
|
72 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_1100us (4<<6) | |||
|
73 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_2116us (5<<6) | |||
|
74 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_4156us (6<<6) | |||
|
75 | #define INA226_BUS_CONV_8244us (7<<6) | |||
|
76 | ||||
|
77 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_140us 0 | |||
|
78 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_204us (1<<3) | |||
|
79 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_332us (2<<3) | |||
|
80 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_588us (3<<3) | |||
|
81 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_1100us (4<<3) | |||
|
82 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_2116us (5<<3) | |||
|
83 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_4156us (6<<3) | |||
|
84 | #define INA226_SHUNT_CONV_8244us (7<<3) | |||
|
85 | ||||
|
86 | #define INA226_MODE_POWER_DOWN 0 | |||
|
87 | #define INA226_MODE_SHUNT_VOLTAGE_TRIGGERRED 1 | |||
|
88 | #define INA226_MODE_BUS_VOLTAGE_TRIGGERRED 2 | |||
|
89 | #define INA226_MODE_SHUNT_AND_BUS_TRIGGERRED 3 | |||
|
90 | #define INA226_MODE_SHUNT_VOLTAGE_CONTINUOUS 5 | |||
|
91 | #define INA226_MODE_BUS_VOLTAGE_CONTINUOUS 6 | |||
|
92 | #define INA226_MODE_SHUNT_AND_BUS_CONTINUOUS 7 | |||
|
93 | ||||
|
94 | ||||
|
95 | ||||
|
96 | ||||
|
97 | #endif | |||
|
98 | ||||
|
99 | ||||
|
100 | ||||
|
101 | ||||
|
102 | ||||
|
103 | ||||
|
104 |
@@ -1,1902 +1,1902 | |||||
1 | # Doxyfile 1.8.3.1 |
|
1 | # Doxyfile 1.8.3.1 | |
2 |
|
2 | |||
3 | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system |
|
3 | # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | |
4 | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project |
|
4 | # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project | |
5 | # |
|
5 | # | |
6 | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored |
|
6 | # All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored | |
7 | # The format is: |
|
7 | # The format is: | |
8 | # TAG = value [value, ...] |
|
8 | # TAG = value [value, ...] | |
9 | # For lists items can also be appended using: |
|
9 | # For lists items can also be appended using: | |
10 | # TAG += value [value, ...] |
|
10 | # TAG += value [value, ...] | |
11 | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") |
|
11 | # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ") | |
12 |
|
12 | |||
13 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
13 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
14 | # Project related configuration options |
|
14 | # Project related configuration options | |
15 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
15 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
16 |
|
16 | |||
17 | # This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file |
|
17 | # This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file | |
18 | # that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all |
|
18 | # that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all | |
19 | # text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the |
|
19 | # text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the | |
20 | # iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See |
|
20 | # iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See | |
21 | # http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. |
|
21 | # http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings. | |
22 |
|
22 | |||
23 | DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 |
|
23 | DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should |
|
25 | # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should | |
26 | # identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need |
|
26 | # identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need | |
27 | # to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces. |
|
27 | # to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces. | |
28 |
|
28 | |||
29 | PROJECT_NAME = libuc2 |
|
29 | PROJECT_NAME = libuc2 | |
30 |
|
30 | |||
31 | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. |
|
31 | # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. | |
32 | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or |
|
32 | # This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or | |
33 | # if some version control system is used. |
|
33 | # if some version control system is used. | |
34 |
|
34 | |||
35 | PROJECT_NUMBER = |
|
35 | PROJECT_NUMBER = | |
36 |
|
36 | |||
37 | # Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description |
|
37 | # Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description | |
38 | # for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer |
|
38 | # for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer | |
39 | # a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. |
|
39 | # a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. | |
40 |
|
40 | |||
41 | PROJECT_BRIEF = |
|
41 | PROJECT_BRIEF = | |
42 |
|
42 | |||
43 | # With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is |
|
43 | # With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is | |
44 | # included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not |
|
44 | # included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not | |
45 | # exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. |
|
45 | # exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. | |
46 | # Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory. |
|
46 | # Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory. | |
47 |
|
47 | |||
48 | PROJECT_LOGO = |
|
48 | PROJECT_LOGO = | |
49 |
|
49 | |||
50 | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) |
|
50 | # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) | |
51 | # base path where the generated documentation will be put. |
|
51 | # base path where the generated documentation will be put. | |
52 | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location |
|
52 | # If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location | |
53 | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. |
|
53 | # where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used. | |
54 |
|
54 | |||
55 |
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = |
|
55 | OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = doc/doxygen | |
56 |
|
56 | |||
57 | # If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create |
|
57 | # If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create | |
58 | # 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output |
|
58 | # 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output | |
59 | # format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. |
|
59 | # format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. | |
60 | # Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of |
|
60 | # Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of | |
61 | # source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would |
|
61 | # source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would | |
62 | # otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. |
|
62 | # otherwise cause performance problems for the file system. | |
63 |
|
63 | |||
64 | CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO |
|
64 | CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO | |
65 |
|
65 | |||
66 | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all |
|
66 | # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all | |
67 | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this |
|
67 | # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this | |
68 | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. |
|
68 | # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. | |
69 | # The default language is English, other supported languages are: |
|
69 | # The default language is English, other supported languages are: | |
70 | # Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, |
|
70 | # Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, | |
71 | # Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, |
|
71 | # Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, | |
72 | # Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English |
|
72 | # Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English | |
73 | # messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, |
|
73 | # messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, | |
74 | # Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, |
|
74 | # Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, | |
75 | # Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. |
|
75 | # Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese. | |
76 |
|
76 | |||
77 | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English |
|
77 | OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English | |
78 |
|
78 | |||
79 | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
79 | # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
80 | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in |
|
80 | # include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in | |
81 | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). |
|
81 | # the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). | |
82 | # Set to NO to disable this. |
|
82 | # Set to NO to disable this. | |
83 |
|
83 | |||
84 | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES |
|
84 | BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES | |
85 |
|
85 | |||
86 | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend |
|
86 | # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend | |
87 | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. |
|
87 | # the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. | |
88 | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the |
|
88 | # Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the | |
89 | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. |
|
89 | # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. | |
90 |
|
90 | |||
91 | REPEAT_BRIEF = YES |
|
91 | REPEAT_BRIEF = YES | |
92 |
|
92 | |||
93 | # This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator |
|
93 | # This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator | |
94 | # that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string |
|
94 | # that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string | |
95 | # in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be |
|
95 | # in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be | |
96 | # stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is |
|
96 | # stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is | |
97 | # used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. |
|
97 | # used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. | |
98 | # If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically |
|
98 | # If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically | |
99 | # replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" |
|
99 | # replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" | |
100 | # "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" |
|
100 | # "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" | |
101 | # "represents" "a" "an" "the" |
|
101 | # "represents" "a" "an" "the" | |
102 |
|
102 | |||
103 | ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ |
|
103 | ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ | |
104 | "The $name widget" \ |
|
104 | "The $name widget" \ | |
105 | "The $name file" \ |
|
105 | "The $name file" \ | |
106 | is \ |
|
106 | is \ | |
107 | provides \ |
|
107 | provides \ | |
108 | specifies \ |
|
108 | specifies \ | |
109 | contains \ |
|
109 | contains \ | |
110 | represents \ |
|
110 | represents \ | |
111 | a \ |
|
111 | a \ | |
112 | an \ |
|
112 | an \ | |
113 | the |
|
113 | the | |
114 |
|
114 | |||
115 | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then |
|
115 | # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then | |
116 | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief |
|
116 | # Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief | |
117 | # description. |
|
117 | # description. | |
118 |
|
118 | |||
119 | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO |
|
119 | ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO | |
120 |
|
120 | |||
121 | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all |
|
121 | # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all | |
122 | # inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those |
|
122 | # inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those | |
123 | # members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment |
|
123 | # members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment | |
124 | # operators of the base classes will not be shown. |
|
124 | # operators of the base classes will not be shown. | |
125 |
|
125 | |||
126 | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO |
|
126 | INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO | |
127 |
|
127 | |||
128 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full |
|
128 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full | |
129 | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set |
|
129 | # path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set | |
130 | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. |
|
130 | # to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used. | |
131 |
|
131 | |||
132 | FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES |
|
132 | FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES | |
133 |
|
133 | |||
134 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag |
|
134 | # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag | |
135 | # can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is |
|
135 | # can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is | |
136 | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of |
|
136 | # only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of | |
137 | # the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. |
|
137 | # the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. | |
138 | # If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the |
|
138 | # If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the | |
139 | # path to strip. Note that you specify absolute paths here, but also |
|
139 | # path to strip. Note that you specify absolute paths here, but also | |
140 | # relative paths, which will be relative from the directory where doxygen is |
|
140 | # relative paths, which will be relative from the directory where doxygen is | |
141 | # started. |
|
141 | # started. | |
142 |
|
142 | |||
143 | STRIP_FROM_PATH = |
|
143 | STRIP_FROM_PATH = | |
144 |
|
144 | |||
145 | # The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of |
|
145 | # The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of | |
146 | # the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells |
|
146 | # the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells | |
147 | # the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. |
|
147 | # the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. | |
148 | # If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class |
|
148 | # If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class | |
149 | # definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that |
|
149 | # definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that | |
150 | # are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. |
|
150 | # are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag. | |
151 |
|
151 | |||
152 | STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = |
|
152 | STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = | |
153 |
|
153 | |||
154 | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter |
|
154 | # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter | |
155 | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system |
|
155 | # (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system | |
156 | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. |
|
156 | # doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. | |
157 |
|
157 | |||
158 | SHORT_NAMES = NO |
|
158 | SHORT_NAMES = NO | |
159 |
|
159 | |||
160 | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen |
|
160 | # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen | |
161 | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style |
|
161 | # will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style | |
162 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc |
|
162 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc | |
163 | # comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments |
|
163 | # comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments | |
164 | # (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) |
|
164 | # (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.) | |
165 |
|
165 | |||
166 | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO |
|
166 | JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO | |
167 |
|
167 | |||
168 | # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will |
|
168 | # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will | |
169 | # interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style |
|
169 | # interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style | |
170 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments |
|
170 | # comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments | |
171 | # will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring |
|
171 | # will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring | |
172 | # an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) |
|
172 | # an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) | |
173 |
|
173 | |||
174 | QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO |
|
174 | QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO | |
175 |
|
175 | |||
176 | # The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen |
|
176 | # The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen | |
177 | # treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// |
|
177 | # treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// | |
178 | # comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. |
|
178 | # comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. | |
179 | # The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed |
|
179 | # The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed | |
180 | # description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. |
|
180 | # description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead. | |
181 |
|
181 | |||
182 | MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO |
|
182 | MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO | |
183 |
|
183 | |||
184 | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented |
|
184 | # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented | |
185 | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it |
|
185 | # member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it | |
186 | # re-implements. |
|
186 | # re-implements. | |
187 |
|
187 | |||
188 | INHERIT_DOCS = YES |
|
188 | INHERIT_DOCS = YES | |
189 |
|
189 | |||
190 | # If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce |
|
190 | # If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce | |
191 | # a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will |
|
191 | # a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will | |
192 | # be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. |
|
192 | # be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it. | |
193 |
|
193 | |||
194 | SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO |
|
194 | SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO | |
195 |
|
195 | |||
196 | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. |
|
196 | # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. | |
197 | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. |
|
197 | # Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. | |
198 |
|
198 | |||
199 | TAB_SIZE = 4 |
|
199 | TAB_SIZE = 4 | |
200 |
|
200 | |||
201 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts |
|
201 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts | |
202 | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". |
|
202 | # as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". | |
203 | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to |
|
203 | # For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to | |
204 | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which |
|
204 | # put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which | |
205 | # will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". |
|
205 | # will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". | |
206 | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. |
|
206 | # You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | |
207 |
|
207 | |||
208 | ALIASES = |
|
208 | ALIASES = | |
209 |
|
209 | |||
210 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). |
|
210 | # This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). | |
211 | # A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding |
|
211 | # A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding | |
212 | # "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the |
|
212 | # "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the | |
213 | # itcl::class meaning. |
|
213 | # itcl::class meaning. | |
214 |
|
214 | |||
215 | TCL_SUBST = |
|
215 | TCL_SUBST = | |
216 |
|
216 | |||
217 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C |
|
217 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C | |
218 | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. |
|
218 | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. | |
219 | # For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list |
|
219 | # For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list | |
220 | # of all members will be omitted, etc. |
|
220 | # of all members will be omitted, etc. | |
221 |
|
221 | |||
222 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES |
|
222 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES | |
223 |
|
223 | |||
224 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java |
|
224 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java | |
225 | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for |
|
225 | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for | |
226 | # Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified |
|
226 | # Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified | |
227 | # scopes will look different, etc. |
|
227 | # scopes will look different, etc. | |
228 |
|
228 | |||
229 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO |
|
229 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO | |
230 |
|
230 | |||
231 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran |
|
231 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran | |
232 | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for |
|
232 | # sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for | |
233 | # Fortran. |
|
233 | # Fortran. | |
234 |
|
234 | |||
235 | OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO |
|
235 | OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO | |
236 |
|
236 | |||
237 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL |
|
237 | # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL | |
238 | # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for |
|
238 | # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for | |
239 | # VHDL. |
|
239 | # VHDL. | |
240 |
|
240 | |||
241 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO |
|
241 | OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO | |
242 |
|
242 | |||
243 | # Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it |
|
243 | # Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it | |
244 | # parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given |
|
244 | # parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given | |
245 | # extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it |
|
245 | # extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it | |
246 | # using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, |
|
246 | # using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, | |
247 | # and language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, |
|
247 | # and language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, | |
248 | # Javascript, CSharp, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, |
|
248 | # Javascript, CSharp, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, | |
249 | # C++. For instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default |
|
249 | # C++. For instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default | |
250 | # is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note |
|
250 | # is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note | |
251 | # that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the |
|
251 | # that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the | |
252 | # files are not read by doxygen. |
|
252 | # files are not read by doxygen. | |
253 |
|
253 | |||
254 | EXTENSION_MAPPING = |
|
254 | EXTENSION_MAPPING = | |
255 |
|
255 | |||
256 | # If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all |
|
256 | # If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all | |
257 | # comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable |
|
257 | # comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable | |
258 | # documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. |
|
258 | # documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. | |
259 | # The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you |
|
259 | # The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you | |
260 | # can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. |
|
260 | # can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. | |
261 | # Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. |
|
261 | # Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. | |
262 |
|
262 | |||
263 | MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES |
|
263 | MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES | |
264 |
|
264 | |||
265 | # When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented classes, |
|
265 | # When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented classes, | |
266 | # or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can be |
|
266 | # or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can be | |
267 | # prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word or |
|
267 | # prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word or | |
268 | # globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. |
|
268 | # globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. | |
269 |
|
269 | |||
270 | AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES |
|
270 | AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES | |
271 |
|
271 | |||
272 | # If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want |
|
272 | # If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want | |
273 | # to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should |
|
273 | # to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should | |
274 | # set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and |
|
274 | # set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and | |
275 | # definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. |
|
275 | # definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. | |
276 | # func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration |
|
276 | # func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration | |
277 | # diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. |
|
277 | # diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. | |
278 |
|
278 | |||
279 | BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO |
|
279 | BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO | |
280 |
|
280 | |||
281 | # If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to |
|
281 | # If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to | |
282 | # enable parsing support. |
|
282 | # enable parsing support. | |
283 |
|
283 | |||
284 | CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO |
|
284 | CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO | |
285 |
|
285 | |||
286 | # Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. |
|
286 | # Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. | |
287 | # Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public |
|
287 | # Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public | |
288 | # instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. |
|
288 | # instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. | |
289 |
|
289 | |||
290 | SIP_SUPPORT = NO |
|
290 | SIP_SUPPORT = NO | |
291 |
|
291 | |||
292 | # For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate |
|
292 | # For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate | |
293 | # getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the |
|
293 | # getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the | |
294 | # default) will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in |
|
294 | # default) will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in | |
295 | # the documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or |
|
295 | # the documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or | |
296 | # setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the |
|
296 | # setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the | |
297 | # methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. |
|
297 | # methods anyway, you should set this option to NO. | |
298 |
|
298 | |||
299 | IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES |
|
299 | IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES | |
300 |
|
300 | |||
301 | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC |
|
301 | # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC | |
302 | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first |
|
302 | # tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first | |
303 | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default |
|
303 | # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default | |
304 | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. |
|
304 | # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | |
305 |
|
305 | |||
306 | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO |
|
306 | DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO | |
307 |
|
307 | |||
308 | # Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of |
|
308 | # Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of | |
309 | # the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a |
|
309 | # the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a | |
310 | # subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to |
|
310 | # subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to | |
311 | # NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using |
|
311 | # NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using | |
312 | # the \nosubgrouping command. |
|
312 | # the \nosubgrouping command. | |
313 |
|
313 | |||
314 | SUBGROUPING = YES |
|
314 | SUBGROUPING = YES | |
315 |
|
315 | |||
316 | # When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and |
|
316 | # When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and | |
317 | # unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using |
|
317 | # unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using | |
318 | # @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or |
|
318 | # @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or | |
319 | # section (for LaTeX and RTF). |
|
319 | # section (for LaTeX and RTF). | |
320 |
|
320 | |||
321 | INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO |
|
321 | INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO | |
322 |
|
322 | |||
323 | # When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and |
|
323 | # When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and | |
324 | # unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation |
|
324 | # unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation | |
325 | # of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group |
|
325 | # of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group | |
326 | # documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default), |
|
326 | # documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default), | |
327 | # structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man |
|
327 | # structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man | |
328 | # pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). |
|
328 | # pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). | |
329 |
|
329 | |||
330 | INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO |
|
330 | INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO | |
331 |
|
331 | |||
332 | # When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum |
|
332 | # When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum | |
333 | # is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So |
|
333 | # is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So | |
334 | # typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct |
|
334 | # typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct | |
335 | # with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, |
|
335 | # with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, | |
336 | # namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically |
|
336 | # namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically | |
337 | # be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound |
|
337 | # be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound | |
338 | # types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. |
|
338 | # types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. | |
339 |
|
339 | |||
340 |
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = |
|
340 | TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES | |
341 |
|
341 | |||
342 | # The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to |
|
342 | # The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to | |
343 | # determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. |
|
343 | # determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk. | |
344 | # When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. |
|
344 | # When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk. | |
345 | # For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is |
|
345 | # For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is | |
346 | # probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause |
|
346 | # probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause | |
347 | # doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time |
|
347 | # doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time | |
348 | # causing a significant performance penalty. |
|
348 | # causing a significant performance penalty. | |
349 | # If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the |
|
349 | # If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the | |
350 | # performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on |
|
350 | # performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on | |
351 | # a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the |
|
351 | # a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the | |
352 | # memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: |
|
352 | # memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: | |
353 | # 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, |
|
353 | # 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, | |
354 | # corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. |
|
354 | # corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. | |
355 |
|
355 | |||
356 | SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 |
|
356 | SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0 | |
357 |
|
357 | |||
358 | # Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be |
|
358 | # Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be | |
359 | # set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given |
|
359 | # set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given | |
360 | # their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the |
|
360 | # their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the | |
361 | # same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of |
|
361 | # same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of | |
362 | # pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower. |
|
362 | # pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower. | |
363 | # If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this |
|
363 | # If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this | |
364 | # formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, |
|
364 | # formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, | |
365 | # corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. |
|
365 | # corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols. | |
366 |
|
366 | |||
367 | LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 |
|
367 | LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 | |
368 |
|
368 | |||
369 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
369 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
370 | # Build related configuration options |
|
370 | # Build related configuration options | |
371 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
371 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
372 |
|
372 | |||
373 | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in |
|
373 | # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in | |
374 | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. |
|
374 | # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. | |
375 | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless |
|
375 | # Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless | |
376 | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES |
|
376 | # the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | |
377 |
|
377 | |||
378 |
EXTRACT_ALL = |
|
378 | EXTRACT_ALL = YES | |
379 |
|
379 | |||
380 | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class |
|
380 | # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class | |
381 | # will be included in the documentation. |
|
381 | # will be included in the documentation. | |
382 |
|
382 | |||
383 | EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO |
|
383 | EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO | |
384 |
|
384 | |||
385 | # If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal |
|
385 | # If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal | |
386 | # scope will be included in the documentation. |
|
386 | # scope will be included in the documentation. | |
387 |
|
387 | |||
388 | EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO |
|
388 | EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO | |
389 |
|
389 | |||
390 | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file |
|
390 | # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file | |
391 | # will be included in the documentation. |
|
391 | # will be included in the documentation. | |
392 |
|
392 | |||
393 | EXTRACT_STATIC = NO |
|
393 | EXTRACT_STATIC = NO | |
394 |
|
394 | |||
395 | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) |
|
395 | # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) | |
396 | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. |
|
396 | # defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. | |
397 | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. |
|
397 | # If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | |
398 |
|
398 | |||
399 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES |
|
399 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES | |
400 |
|
400 | |||
401 | # This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local |
|
401 | # This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local | |
402 | # methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in |
|
402 | # methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in | |
403 | # the interface are included in the documentation. |
|
403 | # the interface are included in the documentation. | |
404 | # If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. |
|
404 | # If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. | |
405 |
|
405 | |||
406 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO |
|
406 | EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO | |
407 |
|
407 | |||
408 | # If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be |
|
408 | # If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be | |
409 | # extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called |
|
409 | # extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called | |
410 | # 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base |
|
410 | # 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base | |
411 | # name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default |
|
411 | # name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default | |
412 | # anonymous namespaces are hidden. |
|
412 | # anonymous namespaces are hidden. | |
413 |
|
413 | |||
414 | EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO |
|
414 | EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO | |
415 |
|
415 | |||
416 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all |
|
416 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | |
417 | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. |
|
417 | # undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. | |
418 | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the |
|
418 | # If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the | |
419 | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. |
|
419 | # various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. | |
420 | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. |
|
420 | # This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | |
421 |
|
421 | |||
422 | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO |
|
422 | HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO | |
423 |
|
423 | |||
424 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all |
|
424 | # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | |
425 | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. |
|
425 | # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. | |
426 | # If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various |
|
426 | # If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various | |
427 | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. |
|
427 | # overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | |
428 |
|
428 | |||
429 | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO |
|
429 | HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO | |
430 |
|
430 | |||
431 | # If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all |
|
431 | # If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | |
432 | # friend (class|struct|union) declarations. |
|
432 | # friend (class|struct|union) declarations. | |
433 | # If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the |
|
433 | # If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the | |
434 | # documentation. |
|
434 | # documentation. | |
435 |
|
435 | |||
436 | HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO |
|
436 | HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO | |
437 |
|
437 | |||
438 | # If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any |
|
438 | # If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any | |
439 | # documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. |
|
439 | # documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. | |
440 | # If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the |
|
440 | # If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the | |
441 | # function's detailed documentation block. |
|
441 | # function's detailed documentation block. | |
442 |
|
442 | |||
443 | HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO |
|
443 | HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO | |
444 |
|
444 | |||
445 | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation |
|
445 | # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation | |
446 | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set |
|
446 | # that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set | |
447 | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. |
|
447 | # to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. | |
448 | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. |
|
448 | # Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | |
449 |
|
449 | |||
450 | INTERNAL_DOCS = NO |
|
450 | INTERNAL_DOCS = NO | |
451 |
|
451 | |||
452 | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate |
|
452 | # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate | |
453 | # file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also |
|
453 | # file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also | |
454 | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ |
|
454 | # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ | |
455 | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows |
|
455 | # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows | |
456 | # and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. |
|
456 | # and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. | |
457 |
|
457 | |||
458 | CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO |
|
458 | CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO | |
459 |
|
459 | |||
460 | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen |
|
460 | # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen | |
461 | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the |
|
461 | # will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the | |
462 | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. |
|
462 | # documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | |
463 |
|
463 | |||
464 | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = YES |
|
464 | HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = YES | |
465 |
|
465 | |||
466 | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen |
|
466 | # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | |
467 | # will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation |
|
467 | # will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation | |
468 | # of that file. |
|
468 | # of that file. | |
469 |
|
469 | |||
470 | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES |
|
470 | SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES | |
471 |
|
471 | |||
472 | # If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen |
|
472 | # If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen | |
473 | # will list include files with double quotes in the documentation |
|
473 | # will list include files with double quotes in the documentation | |
474 | # rather than with sharp brackets. |
|
474 | # rather than with sharp brackets. | |
475 |
|
475 | |||
476 | FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO |
|
476 | FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO | |
477 |
|
477 | |||
478 | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] |
|
478 | # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] | |
479 | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. |
|
479 | # is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | |
480 |
|
480 | |||
481 | INLINE_INFO = YES |
|
481 | INLINE_INFO = YES | |
482 |
|
482 | |||
483 | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen |
|
483 | # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen | |
484 | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members |
|
484 | # will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members | |
485 | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in |
|
485 | # alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in | |
486 | # declaration order. |
|
486 | # declaration order. | |
487 |
|
487 | |||
488 | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES |
|
488 | SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES | |
489 |
|
489 | |||
490 | # If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the |
|
490 | # If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the | |
491 | # brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically |
|
491 | # brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically | |
492 | # by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in |
|
492 | # by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in | |
493 | # declaration order. |
|
493 | # declaration order. | |
494 |
|
494 | |||
495 | SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO |
|
495 | SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO | |
496 |
|
496 | |||
497 | # If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen |
|
497 | # If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen | |
498 | # will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that |
|
498 | # will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that | |
499 | # constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) |
|
499 | # constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) | |
500 | # the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by |
|
500 | # the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by | |
501 | # SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. |
|
501 | # SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. | |
502 | # This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO |
|
502 | # This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO | |
503 | # and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. |
|
503 | # and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. | |
504 |
|
504 | |||
505 | SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO |
|
505 | SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO | |
506 |
|
506 | |||
507 | # If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the |
|
507 | # If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the | |
508 | # hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) |
|
508 | # hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) | |
509 | # the group names will appear in their defined order. |
|
509 | # the group names will appear in their defined order. | |
510 |
|
510 | |||
511 | SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO |
|
511 | SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO | |
512 |
|
512 | |||
513 | # If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be |
|
513 | # If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be | |
514 | # sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to |
|
514 | # sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to | |
515 | # NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, |
|
515 | # NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, | |
516 | # not including the namespace part. |
|
516 | # not including the namespace part. | |
517 | # Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. |
|
517 | # Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. | |
518 | # Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the |
|
518 | # Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the | |
519 | # alphabetical list. |
|
519 | # alphabetical list. | |
520 |
|
520 | |||
521 | SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO |
|
521 | SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO | |
522 |
|
522 | |||
523 | # If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to |
|
523 | # If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to | |
524 | # do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a |
|
524 | # do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a | |
525 | # match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even |
|
525 | # match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even | |
526 | # if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose |
|
526 | # if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose | |
527 | # by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen |
|
527 | # by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen | |
528 | # will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. |
|
528 | # will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. | |
529 |
|
529 | |||
530 | STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO |
|
530 | STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO | |
531 |
|
531 | |||
532 | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or |
|
532 | # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | |
533 | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo |
|
533 | # disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo | |
534 | # commands in the documentation. |
|
534 | # commands in the documentation. | |
535 |
|
535 | |||
536 | GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES |
|
536 | GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES | |
537 |
|
537 | |||
538 | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or |
|
538 | # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | |
539 | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test |
|
539 | # disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test | |
540 | # commands in the documentation. |
|
540 | # commands in the documentation. | |
541 |
|
541 | |||
542 | GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES |
|
542 | GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES | |
543 |
|
543 | |||
544 | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or |
|
544 | # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | |
545 | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug |
|
545 | # disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug | |
546 | # commands in the documentation. |
|
546 | # commands in the documentation. | |
547 |
|
547 | |||
548 | GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES |
|
548 | GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES | |
549 |
|
549 | |||
550 | # The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or |
|
550 | # The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | |
551 | # disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting |
|
551 | # disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting | |
552 | # \deprecated commands in the documentation. |
|
552 | # \deprecated commands in the documentation. | |
553 |
|
553 | |||
554 | GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES |
|
554 | GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES | |
555 |
|
555 | |||
556 | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional |
|
556 | # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional | |
557 | # documentation sections, marked by \if section-label ... \endif |
|
557 | # documentation sections, marked by \if section-label ... \endif | |
558 | # and \cond section-label ... \endcond blocks. |
|
558 | # and \cond section-label ... \endcond blocks. | |
559 |
|
559 | |||
560 | ENABLED_SECTIONS = |
|
560 | ENABLED_SECTIONS = | |
561 |
|
561 | |||
562 | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines |
|
562 | # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines | |
563 | # the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in |
|
563 | # the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in | |
564 | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified |
|
564 | # the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified | |
565 | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. |
|
565 | # here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. | |
566 | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the |
|
566 | # The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the | |
567 | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer |
|
567 | # documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer | |
568 | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. |
|
568 | # command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | |
569 |
|
569 | |||
570 | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 |
|
570 | MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 | |
571 |
|
571 | |||
572 | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated |
|
572 | # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated | |
573 | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the |
|
573 | # at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the | |
574 | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. |
|
574 | # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | |
575 |
|
575 | |||
576 | SHOW_USED_FILES = YES |
|
576 | SHOW_USED_FILES = YES | |
577 |
|
577 | |||
578 | # Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. |
|
578 | # Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. | |
579 | # This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the |
|
579 | # This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the | |
580 | # Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. |
|
580 | # Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | |
581 |
|
581 | |||
582 | SHOW_FILES = YES |
|
582 | SHOW_FILES = YES | |
583 |
|
583 | |||
584 | # Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the |
|
584 | # Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the | |
585 | # Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index |
|
585 | # Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index | |
586 | # and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. |
|
586 | # and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | |
587 |
|
587 | |||
588 | SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES |
|
588 | SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES | |
589 |
|
589 | |||
590 | # The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that |
|
590 | # The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that | |
591 | # doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from |
|
591 | # doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from | |
592 | # the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via |
|
592 | # the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via | |
593 | # popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of |
|
593 | # popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of | |
594 | # the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file |
|
594 | # the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file | |
595 | # provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output |
|
595 | # provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output | |
596 | # is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. |
|
596 | # is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. | |
597 |
|
597 | |||
598 | FILE_VERSION_FILTER = |
|
598 | FILE_VERSION_FILTER = | |
599 |
|
599 | |||
600 | # The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed |
|
600 | # The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed | |
601 | # by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated |
|
601 | # by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated | |
602 | # output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file |
|
602 | # output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file | |
603 | # that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. |
|
603 | # that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. | |
604 | # You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted |
|
604 | # You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted | |
605 | # DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. |
|
605 | # DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. | |
606 |
|
606 | |||
607 | LAYOUT_FILE = |
|
607 | LAYOUT_FILE = | |
608 |
|
608 | |||
609 | # The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files |
|
609 | # The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files | |
610 | # containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The |
|
610 | # containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The | |
611 | # .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command |
|
611 | # .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command | |
612 | # requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also |
|
612 | # requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also | |
613 | # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style |
|
613 | # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style | |
614 | # of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this |
|
614 | # of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this | |
615 | # feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. Do not use |
|
615 | # feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. Do not use | |
616 | # file names with spaces, bibtex cannot handle them. |
|
616 | # file names with spaces, bibtex cannot handle them. | |
617 |
|
617 | |||
618 | CITE_BIB_FILES = |
|
618 | CITE_BIB_FILES = | |
619 |
|
619 | |||
620 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
620 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
621 | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages |
|
621 | # configuration options related to warning and progress messages | |
622 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
622 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
623 |
|
623 | |||
624 | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated |
|
624 | # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated | |
625 | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. |
|
625 | # by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | |
626 |
|
626 | |||
627 | QUIET = NO |
|
627 | QUIET = NO | |
628 |
|
628 | |||
629 | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are |
|
629 | # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are | |
630 | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank |
|
630 | # generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank | |
631 | # NO is used. |
|
631 | # NO is used. | |
632 |
|
632 | |||
633 | WARNINGS = YES |
|
633 | WARNINGS = YES | |
634 |
|
634 | |||
635 | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings |
|
635 | # If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings | |
636 | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will |
|
636 | # for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will | |
637 | # automatically be disabled. |
|
637 | # automatically be disabled. | |
638 |
|
638 | |||
639 | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES |
|
639 | WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES | |
640 |
|
640 | |||
641 | # If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for |
|
641 | # If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for | |
642 | # potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some |
|
642 | # potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some | |
643 | # parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that |
|
643 | # parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that | |
644 | # don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. |
|
644 | # don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. | |
645 |
|
645 | |||
646 | WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES |
|
646 | WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES | |
647 |
|
647 | |||
648 | # The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for |
|
648 | # The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for | |
649 | # functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters |
|
649 | # functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters | |
650 | # or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about |
|
650 | # or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about | |
651 | # wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of |
|
651 | # wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of | |
652 | # documentation. |
|
652 | # documentation. | |
653 |
|
653 | |||
654 | WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO |
|
654 | WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO | |
655 |
|
655 | |||
656 | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that |
|
656 | # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that | |
657 | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text |
|
657 | # doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text | |
658 | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the |
|
658 | # tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the | |
659 | # warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain |
|
659 | # warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain | |
660 | # $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could |
|
660 | # $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could | |
661 | # be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) |
|
661 | # be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) | |
662 |
|
662 | |||
663 | WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" |
|
663 | WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" | |
664 |
|
664 | |||
665 | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning |
|
665 | # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning | |
666 | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written |
|
666 | # and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written | |
667 | # to stderr. |
|
667 | # to stderr. | |
668 |
|
668 | |||
669 | WARN_LOGFILE = |
|
669 | WARN_LOGFILE = | |
670 |
|
670 | |||
671 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
671 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
672 | # configuration options related to the input files |
|
672 | # configuration options related to the input files | |
673 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
673 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
674 |
|
674 | |||
675 | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain |
|
675 | # The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain | |
676 | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or |
|
676 | # documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or | |
677 | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories |
|
677 | # directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories | |
678 | # with spaces. |
|
678 | # with spaces. | |
679 |
|
679 | |||
680 |
INPUT = |
|
680 | INPUT = include | |
681 |
|
681 | |||
682 | # This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files |
|
682 | # This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files | |
683 | # that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is |
|
683 | # that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is | |
684 | # also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built |
|
684 | # also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built | |
685 | # into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for |
|
685 | # into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for | |
686 | # the list of possible encodings. |
|
686 | # the list of possible encodings. | |
687 |
|
687 | |||
688 | INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 |
|
688 | INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 | |
689 |
|
689 | |||
690 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the |
|
690 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | |
691 | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp |
|
691 | # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | |
692 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left |
|
692 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | |
693 | # blank the following patterns are tested: |
|
693 | # blank the following patterns are tested: | |
694 | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh |
|
694 | # *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh | |
695 | # *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py |
|
695 | # *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py | |
696 | # *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl |
|
696 | # *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl | |
697 |
|
697 | |||
698 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \ |
|
698 | FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \ | |
699 | *.cc \ |
|
699 | *.cc \ | |
700 | *.cxx \ |
|
700 | *.cxx \ | |
701 | *.cpp \ |
|
701 | *.cpp \ | |
702 | *.c++ \ |
|
702 | *.c++ \ | |
703 | *.d \ |
|
703 | *.d \ | |
704 | *.java \ |
|
704 | *.java \ | |
705 | *.ii \ |
|
705 | *.ii \ | |
706 | *.ixx \ |
|
706 | *.ixx \ | |
707 | *.ipp \ |
|
707 | *.ipp \ | |
708 | *.i++ \ |
|
708 | *.i++ \ | |
709 | *.inl \ |
|
709 | *.inl \ | |
710 | *.h \ |
|
710 | *.h \ | |
711 | *.hh \ |
|
711 | *.hh \ | |
712 | *.hxx \ |
|
712 | *.hxx \ | |
713 | *.hpp \ |
|
713 | *.hpp \ | |
714 | *.h++ \ |
|
714 | *.h++ \ | |
715 | *.idl \ |
|
715 | *.idl \ | |
716 | *.odl \ |
|
716 | *.odl \ | |
717 | *.cs \ |
|
717 | *.cs \ | |
718 | *.php \ |
|
718 | *.php \ | |
719 | *.php3 \ |
|
719 | *.php3 \ | |
720 | *.inc \ |
|
720 | *.inc \ | |
721 | *.m \ |
|
721 | *.m \ | |
722 | *.markdown \ |
|
722 | *.markdown \ | |
723 | *.md \ |
|
723 | *.md \ | |
724 | *.mm \ |
|
724 | *.mm \ | |
725 | *.dox \ |
|
725 | *.dox \ | |
726 | *.py \ |
|
726 | *.py \ | |
727 | *.f90 \ |
|
727 | *.f90 \ | |
728 | *.f \ |
|
728 | *.f \ | |
729 | *.for \ |
|
729 | *.for \ | |
730 | *.vhd \ |
|
730 | *.vhd \ | |
731 | *.vhdl |
|
731 | *.vhdl | |
732 |
|
732 | |||
733 | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories |
|
733 | # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories | |
734 | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. |
|
734 | # should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. | |
735 | # If left blank NO is used. |
|
735 | # If left blank NO is used. | |
736 |
|
736 | |||
737 | RECURSIVE = YES |
|
737 | RECURSIVE = YES | |
738 |
|
738 | |||
739 | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be |
|
739 | # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be | |
740 | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a |
|
740 | # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a | |
741 | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. |
|
741 | # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | |
742 | # Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is |
|
742 | # Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is | |
743 | # run. |
|
743 | # run. | |
744 |
|
744 | |||
745 | EXCLUDE = |
|
745 | EXCLUDE = | |
746 |
|
746 | |||
747 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or |
|
747 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or | |
748 | # directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded |
|
748 | # directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded | |
749 | # from the input. |
|
749 | # from the input. | |
750 |
|
750 | |||
751 | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO |
|
751 | EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO | |
752 |
|
752 | |||
753 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the |
|
753 | # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | |
754 | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude |
|
754 | # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude | |
755 | # certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched |
|
755 | # certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched | |
756 | # against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories |
|
756 | # against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories | |
757 | # for example use the pattern */test/* |
|
757 | # for example use the pattern */test/* | |
758 |
|
758 | |||
759 | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = |
|
759 | EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = | |
760 |
|
760 | |||
761 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names |
|
761 | # The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names | |
762 | # (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the |
|
762 | # (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the | |
763 | # output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the |
|
763 | # output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the | |
764 | # wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, |
|
764 | # wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, | |
765 | # AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test |
|
765 | # AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test | |
766 |
|
766 | |||
767 | EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = |
|
767 | EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = | |
768 |
|
768 | |||
769 | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or |
|
769 | # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | |
770 | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see |
|
770 | # directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see | |
771 | # the \include command). |
|
771 | # the \include command). | |
772 |
|
772 | |||
773 | EXAMPLE_PATH = |
|
773 | EXAMPLE_PATH = | |
774 |
|
774 | |||
775 | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the |
|
775 | # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the | |
776 | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp |
|
776 | # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | |
777 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left |
|
777 | # and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | |
778 | # blank all files are included. |
|
778 | # blank all files are included. | |
779 |
|
779 | |||
780 | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * |
|
780 | EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * | |
781 |
|
781 | |||
782 | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be |
|
782 | # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be | |
783 | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude |
|
783 | # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude | |
784 | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. |
|
784 | # commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. | |
785 | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. |
|
785 | # Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | |
786 |
|
786 | |||
787 | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO |
|
787 | EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO | |
788 |
|
788 | |||
789 | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or |
|
789 | # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | |
790 | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see |
|
790 | # directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see | |
791 | # the \image command). |
|
791 | # the \image command). | |
792 |
|
792 | |||
793 | IMAGE_PATH = |
|
793 | IMAGE_PATH = | |
794 |
|
794 | |||
795 | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should |
|
795 | # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should | |
796 | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program |
|
796 | # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program | |
797 | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> |
|
797 | # by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> | |
798 | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an |
|
798 | # is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an | |
799 | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes |
|
799 | # input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes | |
800 | # to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be |
|
800 | # to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be | |
801 | # ignored. |
|
801 | # ignored. | |
802 |
|
802 | |||
803 | INPUT_FILTER = |
|
803 | INPUT_FILTER = | |
804 |
|
804 | |||
805 | # The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern |
|
805 | # The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern | |
806 | # basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the |
|
806 | # basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the | |
807 | # filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: |
|
807 | # filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: | |
808 | # pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further |
|
808 | # pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further | |
809 | # info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if |
|
809 | # info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if | |
810 | # non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. |
|
810 | # non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. | |
811 |
|
811 | |||
812 | FILTER_PATTERNS = |
|
812 | FILTER_PATTERNS = | |
813 |
|
813 | |||
814 | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using |
|
814 | # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using | |
815 | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source |
|
815 | # INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source | |
816 | # files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). |
|
816 | # files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). | |
817 |
|
817 | |||
818 | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO |
|
818 | FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO | |
819 |
|
819 | |||
820 | # The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file |
|
820 | # The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file | |
821 | # pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) |
|
821 | # pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) | |
822 | # and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern |
|
822 | # and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern | |
823 | # using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when |
|
823 | # using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when | |
824 | # FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. |
|
824 | # FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. | |
825 |
|
825 | |||
826 | FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = |
|
826 | FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = | |
827 |
|
827 | |||
828 | # If the USE_MD_FILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that |
|
828 | # If the USE_MD_FILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that | |
829 | # is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page (index.html). |
|
829 | # is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page (index.html). | |
830 | # This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub and want reuse |
|
830 | # This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub and want reuse | |
831 | # the introduction page also for the doxygen output. |
|
831 | # the introduction page also for the doxygen output. | |
832 |
|
832 | |||
833 | USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = |
|
833 | USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = | |
834 |
|
834 | |||
835 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
835 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
836 | # configuration options related to source browsing |
|
836 | # configuration options related to source browsing | |
837 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
837 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
838 |
|
838 | |||
839 | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will |
|
839 | # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will | |
840 | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. |
|
840 | # be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. | |
841 | # Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also |
|
841 | # Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also | |
842 | # VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. |
|
842 | # VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. | |
843 |
|
843 | |||
844 | SOURCE_BROWSER = NO |
|
844 | SOURCE_BROWSER = NO | |
845 |
|
845 | |||
846 | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body |
|
846 | # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body | |
847 | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. |
|
847 | # of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | |
848 |
|
848 | |||
849 | INLINE_SOURCES = NO |
|
849 | INLINE_SOURCES = NO | |
850 |
|
850 | |||
851 | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct |
|
851 | # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct | |
852 | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code |
|
852 | # doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code | |
853 | # fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. |
|
853 | # fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. | |
854 |
|
854 | |||
855 | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES |
|
855 | STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES | |
856 |
|
856 | |||
857 | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES |
|
857 | # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES | |
858 | # then for each documented function all documented |
|
858 | # then for each documented function all documented | |
859 | # functions referencing it will be listed. |
|
859 | # functions referencing it will be listed. | |
860 |
|
860 | |||
861 | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO |
|
861 | REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO | |
862 |
|
862 | |||
863 | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES |
|
863 | # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES | |
864 | # then for each documented function all documented entities |
|
864 | # then for each documented function all documented entities | |
865 | # called/used by that function will be listed. |
|
865 | # called/used by that function will be listed. | |
866 |
|
866 | |||
867 | REFERENCES_RELATION = NO |
|
867 | REFERENCES_RELATION = NO | |
868 |
|
868 | |||
869 | # If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) |
|
869 | # If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) | |
870 | # and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from |
|
870 | # and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from | |
871 | # functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will |
|
871 | # functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will | |
872 | # link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentation. |
|
872 | # link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentation. | |
873 |
|
873 | |||
874 | REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES |
|
874 | REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES | |
875 |
|
875 | |||
876 | # If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code |
|
876 | # If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code | |
877 | # will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen |
|
877 | # will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen | |
878 | # built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source |
|
878 | # built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source | |
879 | # tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You |
|
879 | # tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You | |
880 | # will need version 4.8.6 or higher. |
|
880 | # will need version 4.8.6 or higher. | |
881 |
|
881 | |||
882 | USE_HTAGS = NO |
|
882 | USE_HTAGS = NO | |
883 |
|
883 | |||
884 | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen |
|
884 | # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | |
885 | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for |
|
885 | # will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for | |
886 | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. |
|
886 | # which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | |
887 |
|
887 | |||
888 | VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES |
|
888 | VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES | |
889 |
|
889 | |||
890 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
890 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
891 | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index |
|
891 | # configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | |
892 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
892 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
893 |
|
893 | |||
894 | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index |
|
894 | # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index | |
895 | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project |
|
895 | # of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project | |
896 | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. |
|
896 | # contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | |
897 |
|
897 | |||
898 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES |
|
898 | ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES | |
899 |
|
899 | |||
900 | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then |
|
900 | # If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then | |
901 | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns |
|
901 | # the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns | |
902 | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) |
|
902 | # in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | |
903 |
|
903 | |||
904 | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 |
|
904 | COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 | |
905 |
|
905 | |||
906 | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all |
|
906 | # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all | |
907 | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. |
|
907 | # classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. | |
908 | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that |
|
908 | # The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that | |
909 | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. |
|
909 | # should be ignored while generating the index headers. | |
910 |
|
910 | |||
911 | IGNORE_PREFIX = |
|
911 | IGNORE_PREFIX = | |
912 |
|
912 | |||
913 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
913 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
914 | # configuration options related to the HTML output |
|
914 | # configuration options related to the HTML output | |
915 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
915 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
916 |
|
916 | |||
917 | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
917 | # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
918 | # generate HTML output. |
|
918 | # generate HTML output. | |
919 |
|
919 | |||
920 | GENERATE_HTML = YES |
|
920 | GENERATE_HTML = YES | |
921 |
|
921 | |||
922 | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. |
|
922 | # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. | |
923 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be |
|
923 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | |
924 | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. |
|
924 | # put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | |
925 |
|
925 | |||
926 | HTML_OUTPUT = html |
|
926 | HTML_OUTPUT = html | |
927 |
|
927 | |||
928 | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for |
|
928 | # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for | |
929 | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank |
|
929 | # each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank | |
930 | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. |
|
930 | # doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | |
931 |
|
931 | |||
932 | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html |
|
932 | HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html | |
933 |
|
933 | |||
934 | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for |
|
934 | # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for | |
935 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a |
|
935 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | |
936 | # standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible |
|
936 | # standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible | |
937 | # for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen |
|
937 | # for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen | |
938 | # needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. |
|
938 | # needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. | |
939 | # It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html |
|
939 | # It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html | |
940 | # header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify |
|
940 | # header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify | |
941 | # that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically |
|
941 | # that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically | |
942 | # have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when |
|
942 | # have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when | |
943 | # changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! |
|
943 | # changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! | |
944 |
|
944 | |||
945 | HTML_HEADER = |
|
945 | HTML_HEADER = | |
946 |
|
946 | |||
947 | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for |
|
947 | # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for | |
948 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a |
|
948 | # each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | |
949 | # standard footer. |
|
949 | # standard footer. | |
950 |
|
950 | |||
951 | HTML_FOOTER = |
|
951 | HTML_FOOTER = | |
952 |
|
952 | |||
953 | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading |
|
953 | # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading | |
954 | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to |
|
954 | # style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to | |
955 | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will |
|
955 | # fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will | |
956 | # generate a default style sheet. Note that it is recommended to use |
|
956 | # generate a default style sheet. Note that it is recommended to use | |
957 | # HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this one, as it is more robust and this |
|
957 | # HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this one, as it is more robust and this | |
958 | # tag will in the future become obsolete. |
|
958 | # tag will in the future become obsolete. | |
959 |
|
959 | |||
960 | HTML_STYLESHEET = |
|
960 | HTML_STYLESHEET = | |
961 |
|
961 | |||
962 | # The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional |
|
962 | # The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional | |
963 | # user-defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard |
|
963 | # user-defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard | |
964 | # style sheets created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule |
|
964 | # style sheets created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule | |
965 | # certain style aspects. This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET |
|
965 | # certain style aspects. This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET | |
966 | # since it does not replace the standard style sheet and is therefor more |
|
966 | # since it does not replace the standard style sheet and is therefor more | |
967 | # robust against future updates. Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to |
|
967 | # robust against future updates. Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to | |
968 | # the output directory. |
|
968 | # the output directory. | |
969 |
|
969 | |||
970 | HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = |
|
970 | HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = | |
971 |
|
971 | |||
972 | # The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or |
|
972 | # The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or | |
973 | # other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note |
|
973 | # other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note | |
974 | # that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the |
|
974 | # that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the | |
975 | # $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these |
|
975 | # $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these | |
976 | # files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that |
|
976 | # files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that | |
977 | # the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. |
|
977 | # the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. | |
978 |
|
978 | |||
979 | HTML_EXTRA_FILES = |
|
979 | HTML_EXTRA_FILES = | |
980 |
|
980 | |||
981 | # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. |
|
981 | # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. | |
982 | # Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images |
|
982 | # Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images | |
983 | # according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, |
|
983 | # according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, | |
984 | # see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. |
|
984 | # see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. | |
985 | # For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, |
|
985 | # For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, | |
986 | # 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. |
|
986 | # 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. | |
987 | # The allowed range is 0 to 359. |
|
987 | # The allowed range is 0 to 359. | |
988 |
|
988 | |||
989 | HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 |
|
989 | HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 | |
990 |
|
990 | |||
991 | # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of |
|
991 | # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of | |
992 | # the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use |
|
992 | # the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use | |
993 | # grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. |
|
993 | # grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. | |
994 |
|
994 | |||
995 | HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 |
|
995 | HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 | |
996 |
|
996 | |||
997 | # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to |
|
997 | # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to | |
998 | # the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below |
|
998 | # the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below | |
999 | # 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make |
|
999 | # 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make | |
1000 | # the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, |
|
1000 | # the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, | |
1001 | # so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, |
|
1001 | # so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, | |
1002 | # and 100 does not change the gamma. |
|
1002 | # and 100 does not change the gamma. | |
1003 |
|
1003 | |||
1004 | HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 |
|
1004 | HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 | |
1005 |
|
1005 | |||
1006 | # If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML |
|
1006 | # If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML | |
1007 | # page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting |
|
1007 | # page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting | |
1008 | # this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. |
|
1008 | # this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. | |
1009 |
|
1009 | |||
1010 | HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES |
|
1010 | HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES | |
1011 |
|
1011 | |||
1012 | # If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML |
|
1012 | # If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML | |
1013 | # documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the |
|
1013 | # documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the | |
1014 | # page has loaded. |
|
1014 | # page has loaded. | |
1015 |
|
1015 | |||
1016 | HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO |
|
1016 | HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO | |
1017 |
|
1017 | |||
1018 | # With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of |
|
1018 | # With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of | |
1019 | # entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user |
|
1019 | # entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user | |
1020 | # can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand |
|
1020 | # can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand | |
1021 | # the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are |
|
1021 | # the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are | |
1022 | # visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). |
|
1022 | # visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). | |
1023 | # So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by |
|
1023 | # So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by | |
1024 | # default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries |
|
1024 | # default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries | |
1025 | # and will result in a full expanded tree by default. |
|
1025 | # and will result in a full expanded tree by default. | |
1026 |
|
1026 | |||
1027 | HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 |
|
1027 | HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 | |
1028 |
|
1028 | |||
1029 | # If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files |
|
1029 | # If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files | |
1030 | # will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 |
|
1030 | # will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 | |
1031 | # integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). |
|
1031 | # integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). | |
1032 | # To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the |
|
1032 | # To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the | |
1033 | # HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that |
|
1033 | # HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that | |
1034 | # directory and running "make install" will install the docset in |
|
1034 | # directory and running "make install" will install the docset in | |
1035 | # ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find |
|
1035 | # ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find | |
1036 | # it at startup. |
|
1036 | # it at startup. | |
1037 | # See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html |
|
1037 | # See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html | |
1038 | # for more information. |
|
1038 | # for more information. | |
1039 |
|
1039 | |||
1040 | GENERATE_DOCSET = NO |
|
1040 | GENERATE_DOCSET = NO | |
1041 |
|
1041 | |||
1042 | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the |
|
1042 | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the | |
1043 | # feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple |
|
1043 | # feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple | |
1044 | # documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) |
|
1044 | # documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) | |
1045 | # can be grouped. |
|
1045 | # can be grouped. | |
1046 |
|
1046 | |||
1047 | DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" |
|
1047 | DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" | |
1048 |
|
1048 | |||
1049 | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that |
|
1049 | # When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that | |
1050 | # should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a |
|
1050 | # should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a | |
1051 | # reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen |
|
1051 | # reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen | |
1052 | # will append .docset to the name. |
|
1052 | # will append .docset to the name. | |
1053 |
|
1053 | |||
1054 | DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project |
|
1054 | DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project | |
1055 |
|
1055 | |||
1056 | # When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely |
|
1056 | # When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely | |
1057 | # identify the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name |
|
1057 | # identify the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name | |
1058 | # style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. |
|
1058 | # style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. | |
1059 |
|
1059 | |||
1060 | DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher |
|
1060 | DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher | |
1061 |
|
1061 | |||
1062 | # The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. |
|
1062 | # The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. | |
1063 |
|
1063 | |||
1064 | DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher |
|
1064 | DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher | |
1065 |
|
1065 | |||
1066 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files |
|
1066 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | |
1067 | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the |
|
1067 | # will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the | |
1068 | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) |
|
1068 | # Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) | |
1069 | # of the generated HTML documentation. |
|
1069 | # of the generated HTML documentation. | |
1070 |
|
1070 | |||
1071 | GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO |
|
1071 | GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO | |
1072 |
|
1072 | |||
1073 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can |
|
1073 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can | |
1074 | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You |
|
1074 | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You | |
1075 | # can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be |
|
1075 | # can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be | |
1076 | # written to the html output directory. |
|
1076 | # written to the html output directory. | |
1077 |
|
1077 | |||
1078 | CHM_FILE = |
|
1078 | CHM_FILE = | |
1079 |
|
1079 | |||
1080 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can |
|
1080 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can | |
1081 | # be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of |
|
1081 | # be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of | |
1082 | # the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run |
|
1082 | # the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run | |
1083 | # the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. |
|
1083 | # the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. | |
1084 |
|
1084 | |||
1085 | HHC_LOCATION = |
|
1085 | HHC_LOCATION = | |
1086 |
|
1086 | |||
1087 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag |
|
1087 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag | |
1088 | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that |
|
1088 | # controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that | |
1089 | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). |
|
1089 | # it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | |
1090 |
|
1090 | |||
1091 | GENERATE_CHI = NO |
|
1091 | GENERATE_CHI = NO | |
1092 |
|
1092 | |||
1093 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING |
|
1093 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING | |
1094 | # is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file |
|
1094 | # is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file | |
1095 | # content. |
|
1095 | # content. | |
1096 |
|
1096 | |||
1097 | CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = |
|
1097 | CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = | |
1098 |
|
1098 | |||
1099 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag |
|
1099 | # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag | |
1100 | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a |
|
1100 | # controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a | |
1101 | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. |
|
1101 | # normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | |
1102 |
|
1102 | |||
1103 | BINARY_TOC = NO |
|
1103 | BINARY_TOC = NO | |
1104 |
|
1104 | |||
1105 | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members |
|
1105 | # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members | |
1106 | # to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. |
|
1106 | # to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. | |
1107 |
|
1107 | |||
1108 | TOC_EXPAND = NO |
|
1108 | TOC_EXPAND = NO | |
1109 |
|
1109 | |||
1110 | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and |
|
1110 | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and | |
1111 | # QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated |
|
1111 | # QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated | |
1112 | # that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a |
|
1112 | # that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a | |
1113 | # Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. |
|
1113 | # Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. | |
1114 |
|
1114 | |||
1115 | GENERATE_QHP = NO |
|
1115 | GENERATE_QHP = NO | |
1116 |
|
1116 | |||
1117 | # If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can |
|
1117 | # If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can | |
1118 | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. |
|
1118 | # be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. | |
1119 | # The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. |
|
1119 | # The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. | |
1120 |
|
1120 | |||
1121 | QCH_FILE = |
|
1121 | QCH_FILE = | |
1122 |
|
1122 | |||
1123 | # The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating |
|
1123 | # The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating | |
1124 | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see |
|
1124 | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see | |
1125 | # http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace |
|
1125 | # http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace | |
1126 |
|
1126 | |||
1127 | QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project |
|
1127 | QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project | |
1128 |
|
1128 | |||
1129 | # The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating |
|
1129 | # The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating | |
1130 | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see |
|
1130 | # Qt Help Project output. For more information please see | |
1131 | # http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders |
|
1131 | # http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders | |
1132 |
|
1132 | |||
1133 | QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc |
|
1133 | QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc | |
1134 |
|
1134 | |||
1135 | # If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to |
|
1135 | # If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to | |
1136 | # add. For more information please see |
|
1136 | # add. For more information please see | |
1137 | # http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters |
|
1137 | # http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters | |
1138 |
|
1138 | |||
1139 | QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = |
|
1139 | QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = | |
1140 |
|
1140 | |||
1141 | # The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the |
|
1141 | # The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the | |
1142 | # custom filter to add. For more information please see |
|
1142 | # custom filter to add. For more information please see | |
1143 | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters"> |
|
1143 | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters"> | |
1144 | # Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. |
|
1144 | # Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. | |
1145 |
|
1145 | |||
1146 | QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = |
|
1146 | QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = | |
1147 |
|
1147 | |||
1148 | # The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this |
|
1148 | # The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this | |
1149 | # project's |
|
1149 | # project's | |
1150 | # filter section matches. |
|
1150 | # filter section matches. | |
1151 | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes"> |
|
1151 | # <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes"> | |
1152 | # Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. |
|
1152 | # Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. | |
1153 |
|
1153 | |||
1154 | QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = |
|
1154 | QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = | |
1155 |
|
1155 | |||
1156 | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can |
|
1156 | # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can | |
1157 | # be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. |
|
1157 | # be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. | |
1158 | # If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated |
|
1158 | # If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated | |
1159 | # .qhp file. |
|
1159 | # .qhp file. | |
1160 |
|
1160 | |||
1161 | QHG_LOCATION = |
|
1161 | QHG_LOCATION = | |
1162 |
|
1162 | |||
1163 | # If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files |
|
1163 | # If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | |
1164 | # will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help |
|
1164 | # will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help | |
1165 | # plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents |
|
1165 | # plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents | |
1166 | # menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML |
|
1166 | # menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML | |
1167 | # files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of |
|
1167 | # files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of | |
1168 | # the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as |
|
1168 | # the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as | |
1169 | # the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before |
|
1169 | # the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before | |
1170 | # the help appears. |
|
1170 | # the help appears. | |
1171 |
|
1171 | |||
1172 | GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO |
|
1172 | GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO | |
1173 |
|
1173 | |||
1174 | # A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin |
|
1174 | # A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin | |
1175 | # the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have |
|
1175 | # the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have | |
1176 | # this name. |
|
1176 | # this name. | |
1177 |
|
1177 | |||
1178 | ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project |
|
1178 | ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project | |
1179 |
|
1179 | |||
1180 | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) |
|
1180 | # The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) | |
1181 | # at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and |
|
1181 | # at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and | |
1182 | # the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the |
|
1182 | # the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the | |
1183 | # navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set |
|
1183 | # navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set | |
1184 | # GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. |
|
1184 | # GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. | |
1185 |
|
1185 | |||
1186 | DISABLE_INDEX = NO |
|
1186 | DISABLE_INDEX = NO | |
1187 |
|
1187 | |||
1188 | # The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index |
|
1188 | # The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index | |
1189 | # structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. |
|
1189 | # structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. | |
1190 | # If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated |
|
1190 | # If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated | |
1191 | # containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that |
|
1191 | # containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that | |
1192 | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports |
|
1192 | # is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports | |
1193 | # JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). |
|
1193 | # JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). | |
1194 | # Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. |
|
1194 | # Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. | |
1195 | # Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you |
|
1195 | # Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you | |
1196 | # could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. |
|
1196 | # could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. | |
1197 |
|
1197 | |||
1198 | GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO |
|
1198 | GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO | |
1199 |
|
1199 | |||
1200 | # The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values |
|
1200 | # The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values | |
1201 | # (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML |
|
1201 | # (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML | |
1202 | # documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum |
|
1202 | # documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum | |
1203 | # values from appearing in the overview section. |
|
1203 | # values from appearing in the overview section. | |
1204 |
|
1204 | |||
1205 | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 |
|
1205 | ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 | |
1206 |
|
1206 | |||
1207 | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be |
|
1207 | # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be | |
1208 | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree |
|
1208 | # used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree | |
1209 | # is shown. |
|
1209 | # is shown. | |
1210 |
|
1210 | |||
1211 | TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 |
|
1211 | TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 | |
1212 |
|
1212 | |||
1213 | # When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open |
|
1213 | # When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open | |
1214 | # links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. |
|
1214 | # links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. | |
1215 |
|
1215 | |||
1216 | EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO |
|
1216 | EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO | |
1217 |
|
1217 | |||
1218 | # Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included |
|
1218 | # Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included | |
1219 | # as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that |
|
1219 | # as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that | |
1220 | # when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need |
|
1220 | # when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need | |
1221 | # to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory |
|
1221 | # to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory | |
1222 | # to force them to be regenerated. |
|
1222 | # to force them to be regenerated. | |
1223 |
|
1223 | |||
1224 | FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 |
|
1224 | FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 | |
1225 |
|
1225 | |||
1226 | # Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images |
|
1226 | # Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images | |
1227 | # generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are |
|
1227 | # generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are | |
1228 | # not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. |
|
1228 | # not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. | |
1229 | # Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files |
|
1229 | # Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files | |
1230 | # in the HTML output before the changes have effect. |
|
1230 | # in the HTML output before the changes have effect. | |
1231 |
|
1231 | |||
1232 | FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES |
|
1232 | FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES | |
1233 |
|
1233 | |||
1234 | # Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax |
|
1234 | # Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax | |
1235 | # (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the |
|
1235 | # (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the | |
1236 | # rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not |
|
1236 | # rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not | |
1237 | # have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML |
|
1237 | # have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML | |
1238 | # output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and |
|
1238 | # output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and | |
1239 | # configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. |
|
1239 | # configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. | |
1240 |
|
1240 | |||
1241 | USE_MATHJAX = NO |
|
1241 | USE_MATHJAX = NO | |
1242 |
|
1242 | |||
1243 | # When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for |
|
1243 | # When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for | |
1244 | # thA MathJax output. Supported types are HTML-CSS, NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and |
|
1244 | # thA MathJax output. Supported types are HTML-CSS, NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and | |
1245 | # SVG. The default value is HTML-CSS, which is slower, but has the best |
|
1245 | # SVG. The default value is HTML-CSS, which is slower, but has the best | |
1246 | # compatibility. |
|
1246 | # compatibility. | |
1247 |
|
1247 | |||
1248 | MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS |
|
1248 | MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS | |
1249 |
|
1249 | |||
1250 | # When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the |
|
1250 | # When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the | |
1251 | # HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination |
|
1251 | # HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination | |
1252 | # directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax |
|
1252 | # directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax | |
1253 | # directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then |
|
1253 | # directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then | |
1254 | # MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to |
|
1254 | # MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to | |
1255 | # the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without |
|
1255 | # the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without | |
1256 | # installing MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local |
|
1256 | # installing MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local | |
1257 | # copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. |
|
1257 | # copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. | |
1258 |
|
1258 | |||
1259 | MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest |
|
1259 | MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest | |
1260 |
|
1260 | |||
1261 | # The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension |
|
1261 | # The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension | |
1262 | # names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. |
|
1262 | # names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. | |
1263 |
|
1263 | |||
1264 | MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = |
|
1264 | MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = | |
1265 |
|
1265 | |||
1266 | # When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box |
|
1266 | # When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box | |
1267 | # for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript |
|
1267 | # for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript | |
1268 | # and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using |
|
1268 | # and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using | |
1269 | # HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets |
|
1269 | # HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets | |
1270 | # (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should |
|
1270 | # (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should | |
1271 | # typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine |
|
1271 | # typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine | |
1272 | # can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. |
|
1272 | # can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. | |
1273 |
|
1273 | |||
1274 | SEARCHENGINE = YES |
|
1274 | SEARCHENGINE = YES | |
1275 |
|
1275 | |||
1276 | # When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be |
|
1276 | # When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be | |
1277 | # implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. |
|
1277 | # implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. | |
1278 | # There are two flavours of web server based search depending on the |
|
1278 | # There are two flavours of web server based search depending on the | |
1279 | # EXTERNAL_SEARCH setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for |
|
1279 | # EXTERNAL_SEARCH setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for | |
1280 | # searching and an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is |
|
1280 | # searching and an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is | |
1281 | # enabled the indexing and searching needs to be provided by external tools. |
|
1281 | # enabled the indexing and searching needs to be provided by external tools. | |
1282 | # See the manual for details. |
|
1282 | # See the manual for details. | |
1283 |
|
1283 | |||
1284 | SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO |
|
1284 | SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO | |
1285 |
|
1285 | |||
1286 | # When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP |
|
1286 | # When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP | |
1287 | # script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file |
|
1287 | # script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file | |
1288 | # which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an |
|
1288 | # which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an | |
1289 | # external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain |
|
1289 | # external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain | |
1290 | # the search results. Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and |
|
1290 | # the search results. Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and | |
1291 | # search engine (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine |
|
1291 | # search engine (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine | |
1292 | # library Xapian. See the manual for configuration details. |
|
1292 | # library Xapian. See the manual for configuration details. | |
1293 |
|
1293 | |||
1294 | EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO |
|
1294 | EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO | |
1295 |
|
1295 | |||
1296 | # The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server |
|
1296 | # The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server | |
1297 | # which will returned the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. |
|
1297 | # which will returned the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. | |
1298 | # Doxygen ships with an example search engine (doxysearch) which is based on |
|
1298 | # Doxygen ships with an example search engine (doxysearch) which is based on | |
1299 | # the open source search engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration |
|
1299 | # the open source search engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration | |
1300 | # details. |
|
1300 | # details. | |
1301 |
|
1301 | |||
1302 | SEARCHENGINE_URL = |
|
1302 | SEARCHENGINE_URL = | |
1303 |
|
1303 | |||
1304 | # When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed |
|
1304 | # When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed | |
1305 | # search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the |
|
1305 | # search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the | |
1306 | # SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. |
|
1306 | # SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. | |
1307 |
|
1307 | |||
1308 | SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml |
|
1308 | SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml | |
1309 |
|
1309 | |||
1310 | # When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH AND EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the |
|
1310 | # When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH AND EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the | |
1311 | # EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is |
|
1311 | # EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is | |
1312 | # useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple |
|
1312 | # useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple | |
1313 | # projects and redirect the results back to the right project. |
|
1313 | # projects and redirect the results back to the right project. | |
1314 |
|
1314 | |||
1315 | EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = |
|
1315 | EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = | |
1316 |
|
1316 | |||
1317 | # The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen |
|
1317 | # The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen | |
1318 | # projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are |
|
1318 | # projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are | |
1319 | # all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a |
|
1319 | # all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a | |
1320 | # unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id |
|
1320 | # unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id | |
1321 | # of to a relative location where the documentation can be found. |
|
1321 | # of to a relative location where the documentation can be found. | |
1322 | # The format is: EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = id1=loc1 id2=loc2 ... |
|
1322 | # The format is: EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = id1=loc1 id2=loc2 ... | |
1323 |
|
1323 | |||
1324 | EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = |
|
1324 | EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = | |
1325 |
|
1325 | |||
1326 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1326 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1327 | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output |
|
1327 | # configuration options related to the LaTeX output | |
1328 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1328 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1329 |
|
1329 | |||
1330 | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
1330 | # If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
1331 | # generate Latex output. |
|
1331 | # generate Latex output. | |
1332 |
|
1332 | |||
1333 | GENERATE_LATEX = YES |
|
1333 | GENERATE_LATEX = YES | |
1334 |
|
1334 | |||
1335 | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. |
|
1335 | # The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. | |
1336 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be |
|
1336 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | |
1337 | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. |
|
1337 | # put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | |
1338 |
|
1338 | |||
1339 | LATEX_OUTPUT = latex |
|
1339 | LATEX_OUTPUT = latex | |
1340 |
|
1340 | |||
1341 | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be |
|
1341 | # The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be | |
1342 | # invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. |
|
1342 | # invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | |
1343 | # Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for |
|
1343 | # Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for | |
1344 | # generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the |
|
1344 | # generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the | |
1345 | # Makefile that is written to the output directory. |
|
1345 | # Makefile that is written to the output directory. | |
1346 |
|
1346 | |||
1347 | LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex |
|
1347 | LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex | |
1348 |
|
1348 | |||
1349 | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to |
|
1349 | # The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to | |
1350 | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the |
|
1350 | # generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the | |
1351 | # default command name. |
|
1351 | # default command name. | |
1352 |
|
1352 | |||
1353 | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex |
|
1353 | MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex | |
1354 |
|
1354 | |||
1355 | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact |
|
1355 | # If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | |
1356 | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to |
|
1356 | # LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | |
1357 | # save some trees in general. |
|
1357 | # save some trees in general. | |
1358 |
|
1358 | |||
1359 | COMPACT_LATEX = NO |
|
1359 | COMPACT_LATEX = NO | |
1360 |
|
1360 | |||
1361 | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used |
|
1361 | # The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used | |
1362 | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and |
|
1362 | # by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and | |
1363 | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. |
|
1363 | # executive. If left blank a4wide will be used. | |
1364 |
|
1364 | |||
1365 | PAPER_TYPE = a4 |
|
1365 | PAPER_TYPE = a4 | |
1366 |
|
1366 | |||
1367 | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX |
|
1367 | # The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX | |
1368 | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. |
|
1368 | # packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | |
1369 |
|
1369 | |||
1370 | EXTRA_PACKAGES = |
|
1370 | EXTRA_PACKAGES = | |
1371 |
|
1371 | |||
1372 | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for |
|
1372 | # The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for | |
1373 | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until |
|
1373 | # the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until | |
1374 | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a |
|
1374 | # the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | |
1375 | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! |
|
1375 | # standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | |
1376 |
|
1376 | |||
1377 | LATEX_HEADER = |
|
1377 | LATEX_HEADER = | |
1378 |
|
1378 | |||
1379 | # The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for |
|
1379 | # The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for | |
1380 | # the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after |
|
1380 | # the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after | |
1381 | # the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a |
|
1381 | # the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | |
1382 | # standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! |
|
1382 | # standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | |
1383 |
|
1383 | |||
1384 | LATEX_FOOTER = |
|
1384 | LATEX_FOOTER = | |
1385 |
|
1385 | |||
1386 | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated |
|
1386 | # If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated | |
1387 | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will |
|
1387 | # is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will | |
1388 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references |
|
1388 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references | |
1389 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. |
|
1389 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | |
1390 |
|
1390 | |||
1391 | PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES |
|
1391 | PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES | |
1392 |
|
1392 | |||
1393 | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of |
|
1393 | # If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of | |
1394 | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a |
|
1394 | # plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a | |
1395 | # higher quality PDF documentation. |
|
1395 | # higher quality PDF documentation. | |
1396 |
|
1396 | |||
1397 | USE_PDFLATEX = YES |
|
1397 | USE_PDFLATEX = YES | |
1398 |
|
1398 | |||
1399 | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. |
|
1399 | # If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. | |
1400 | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep |
|
1400 | # command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep | |
1401 | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. |
|
1401 | # running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. | |
1402 | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. |
|
1402 | # This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | |
1403 |
|
1403 | |||
1404 | LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO |
|
1404 | LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO | |
1405 |
|
1405 | |||
1406 | # If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not |
|
1406 | # If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not | |
1407 | # include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) |
|
1407 | # include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) | |
1408 | # in the output. |
|
1408 | # in the output. | |
1409 |
|
1409 | |||
1410 | LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO |
|
1410 | LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO | |
1411 |
|
1411 | |||
1412 | # If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include |
|
1412 | # If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include | |
1413 | # source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. |
|
1413 | # source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. | |
1414 | # Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings |
|
1414 | # Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings | |
1415 | # such as SOURCE_BROWSER. |
|
1415 | # such as SOURCE_BROWSER. | |
1416 |
|
1416 | |||
1417 | LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO |
|
1417 | LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO | |
1418 |
|
1418 | |||
1419 | # The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the |
|
1419 | # The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the | |
1420 | # bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See |
|
1420 | # bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See | |
1421 | # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. |
|
1421 | # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. | |
1422 |
|
1422 | |||
1423 | LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain |
|
1423 | LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain | |
1424 |
|
1424 | |||
1425 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1425 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1426 | # configuration options related to the RTF output |
|
1426 | # configuration options related to the RTF output | |
1427 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1427 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1428 |
|
1428 | |||
1429 | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output |
|
1429 | # If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output | |
1430 | # The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with |
|
1430 | # The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with | |
1431 | # other RTF readers or editors. |
|
1431 | # other RTF readers or editors. | |
1432 |
|
1432 | |||
1433 | GENERATE_RTF = NO |
|
1433 | GENERATE_RTF = NO | |
1434 |
|
1434 | |||
1435 | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. |
|
1435 | # The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. | |
1436 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be |
|
1436 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | |
1437 | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. |
|
1437 | # put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | |
1438 |
|
1438 | |||
1439 | RTF_OUTPUT = rtf |
|
1439 | RTF_OUTPUT = rtf | |
1440 |
|
1440 | |||
1441 | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact |
|
1441 | # If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | |
1442 | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to |
|
1442 | # RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | |
1443 | # save some trees in general. |
|
1443 | # save some trees in general. | |
1444 |
|
1444 | |||
1445 | COMPACT_RTF = NO |
|
1445 | COMPACT_RTF = NO | |
1446 |
|
1446 | |||
1447 | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated |
|
1447 | # If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated | |
1448 | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will |
|
1448 | # will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will | |
1449 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. |
|
1449 | # contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. | |
1450 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other |
|
1450 | # This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other | |
1451 | # programs which support those fields. |
|
1451 | # programs which support those fields. | |
1452 | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. |
|
1452 | # Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | |
1453 |
|
1453 | |||
1454 | RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO |
|
1454 | RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO | |
1455 |
|
1455 | |||
1456 | # Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's |
|
1456 | # Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's | |
1457 | # config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide |
|
1457 | # config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide | |
1458 | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. |
|
1458 | # replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | |
1459 |
|
1459 | |||
1460 | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = |
|
1460 | RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = | |
1461 |
|
1461 | |||
1462 | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. |
|
1462 | # Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. | |
1463 | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. |
|
1463 | # Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | |
1464 |
|
1464 | |||
1465 | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = |
|
1465 | RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = | |
1466 |
|
1466 | |||
1467 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1467 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1468 | # configuration options related to the man page output |
|
1468 | # configuration options related to the man page output | |
1469 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1469 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1470 |
|
1470 | |||
1471 | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
1471 | # If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
1472 | # generate man pages |
|
1472 | # generate man pages | |
1473 |
|
1473 | |||
1474 | GENERATE_MAN = NO |
|
1474 | GENERATE_MAN = NO | |
1475 |
|
1475 | |||
1476 | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. |
|
1476 | # The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. | |
1477 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be |
|
1477 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | |
1478 | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. |
|
1478 | # put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | |
1479 |
|
1479 | |||
1480 | MAN_OUTPUT = man |
|
1480 | MAN_OUTPUT = man | |
1481 |
|
1481 | |||
1482 | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to |
|
1482 | # The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to | |
1483 | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) |
|
1483 | # the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | |
1484 |
|
1484 | |||
1485 | MAN_EXTENSION = .3 |
|
1485 | MAN_EXTENSION = .3 | |
1486 |
|
1486 | |||
1487 | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, |
|
1487 | # If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, | |
1488 | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity |
|
1488 | # then it will generate one additional man file for each entity | |
1489 | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files |
|
1489 | # documented in the real man page(s). These additional files | |
1490 | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command |
|
1490 | # only source the real man page, but without them the man command | |
1491 | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. |
|
1491 | # would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | |
1492 |
|
1492 | |||
1493 | MAN_LINKS = NO |
|
1493 | MAN_LINKS = NO | |
1494 |
|
1494 | |||
1495 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1495 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1496 | # configuration options related to the XML output |
|
1496 | # configuration options related to the XML output | |
1497 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1497 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1498 |
|
1498 | |||
1499 | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will |
|
1499 | # If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will | |
1500 | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of |
|
1500 | # generate an XML file that captures the structure of | |
1501 | # the code including all documentation. |
|
1501 | # the code including all documentation. | |
1502 |
|
1502 | |||
1503 | GENERATE_XML = NO |
|
1503 | GENERATE_XML = NO | |
1504 |
|
1504 | |||
1505 | # The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. |
|
1505 | # The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. | |
1506 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be |
|
1506 | # If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | |
1507 | # put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. |
|
1507 | # put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. | |
1508 |
|
1508 | |||
1509 | XML_OUTPUT = xml |
|
1509 | XML_OUTPUT = xml | |
1510 |
|
1510 | |||
1511 | # The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, |
|
1511 | # The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, | |
1512 | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the |
|
1512 | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the | |
1513 | # syntax of the XML files. |
|
1513 | # syntax of the XML files. | |
1514 |
|
1514 | |||
1515 | XML_SCHEMA = |
|
1515 | XML_SCHEMA = | |
1516 |
|
1516 | |||
1517 | # The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, |
|
1517 | # The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, | |
1518 | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the |
|
1518 | # which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the | |
1519 | # syntax of the XML files. |
|
1519 | # syntax of the XML files. | |
1520 |
|
1520 | |||
1521 | XML_DTD = |
|
1521 | XML_DTD = | |
1522 |
|
1522 | |||
1523 | # If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will |
|
1523 | # If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will | |
1524 | # dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting |
|
1524 | # dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting | |
1525 | # and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that |
|
1525 | # and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that | |
1526 | # enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. |
|
1526 | # enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. | |
1527 |
|
1527 | |||
1528 | XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES |
|
1528 | XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES | |
1529 |
|
1529 | |||
1530 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1530 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1531 | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output |
|
1531 | # configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | |
1532 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1532 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1533 |
|
1533 | |||
1534 | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will |
|
1534 | # If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will | |
1535 | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file |
|
1535 | # generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file | |
1536 | # that captures the structure of the code including all |
|
1536 | # that captures the structure of the code including all | |
1537 | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental |
|
1537 | # documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental | |
1538 | # and incomplete at the moment. |
|
1538 | # and incomplete at the moment. | |
1539 |
|
1539 | |||
1540 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO |
|
1540 | GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | |
1541 |
|
1541 | |||
1542 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1542 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1543 | # configuration options related to the Perl module output |
|
1543 | # configuration options related to the Perl module output | |
1544 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1544 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1545 |
|
1545 | |||
1546 | # If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will |
|
1546 | # If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will | |
1547 | # generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of |
|
1547 | # generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of | |
1548 | # the code including all documentation. Note that this |
|
1548 | # the code including all documentation. Note that this | |
1549 | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the |
|
1549 | # feature is still experimental and incomplete at the | |
1550 | # moment. |
|
1550 | # moment. | |
1551 |
|
1551 | |||
1552 | GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO |
|
1552 | GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO | |
1553 |
|
1553 | |||
1554 | # If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate |
|
1554 | # If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate | |
1555 | # the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able |
|
1555 | # the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able | |
1556 | # to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. |
|
1556 | # to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. | |
1557 |
|
1557 | |||
1558 | PERLMOD_LATEX = NO |
|
1558 | PERLMOD_LATEX = NO | |
1559 |
|
1559 | |||
1560 | # If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be |
|
1560 | # If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be | |
1561 | # nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful |
|
1561 | # nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful | |
1562 | # if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this |
|
1562 | # if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this | |
1563 | # tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller |
|
1563 | # tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller | |
1564 | # and Perl will parse it just the same. |
|
1564 | # and Perl will parse it just the same. | |
1565 |
|
1565 | |||
1566 | PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES |
|
1566 | PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES | |
1567 |
|
1567 | |||
1568 | # The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file |
|
1568 | # The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file | |
1569 | # are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. |
|
1569 | # are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. | |
1570 | # This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same |
|
1570 | # This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same | |
1571 | # Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. |
|
1571 | # Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. | |
1572 |
|
1572 | |||
1573 | PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = |
|
1573 | PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = | |
1574 |
|
1574 | |||
1575 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1575 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1576 | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor |
|
1576 | # Configuration options related to the preprocessor | |
1577 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1577 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1578 |
|
1578 | |||
1579 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
1579 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
1580 | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include |
|
1580 | # evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include | |
1581 | # files. |
|
1581 | # files. | |
1582 |
|
1582 | |||
1583 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES |
|
1583 | ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES | |
1584 |
|
1584 | |||
1585 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro |
|
1585 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro | |
1586 | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional |
|
1586 | # names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional | |
1587 | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled |
|
1587 | # compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled | |
1588 | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. |
|
1588 | # way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | |
1589 |
|
1589 | |||
1590 | MACRO_EXPANSION = NO |
|
1590 | MACRO_EXPANSION = NO | |
1591 |
|
1591 | |||
1592 | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES |
|
1592 | # If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES | |
1593 | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the |
|
1593 | # then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the | |
1594 | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. |
|
1594 | # PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. | |
1595 |
|
1595 | |||
1596 | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO |
|
1596 | EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO | |
1597 |
|
1597 | |||
1598 | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files |
|
1598 | # If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files | |
1599 | # pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. |
|
1599 | # pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. | |
1600 |
|
1600 | |||
1601 | SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES |
|
1601 | SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES | |
1602 |
|
1602 | |||
1603 | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that |
|
1603 | # The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | |
1604 | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by |
|
1604 | # contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by | |
1605 | # the preprocessor. |
|
1605 | # the preprocessor. | |
1606 |
|
1606 | |||
1607 | INCLUDE_PATH = |
|
1607 | INCLUDE_PATH = | |
1608 |
|
1608 | |||
1609 | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard |
|
1609 | # You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard | |
1610 | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the |
|
1610 | # patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the | |
1611 | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will |
|
1611 | # directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will | |
1612 | # be used. |
|
1612 | # be used. | |
1613 |
|
1613 | |||
1614 | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = |
|
1614 | INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = | |
1615 |
|
1615 | |||
1616 | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that |
|
1616 | # The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that | |
1617 | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of |
|
1617 | # are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of | |
1618 | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name |
|
1618 | # gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name | |
1619 | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are |
|
1619 | # or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are | |
1620 | # omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being |
|
1620 | # omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being | |
1621 | # undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator |
|
1621 | # undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator | |
1622 | # instead of the = operator. |
|
1622 | # instead of the = operator. | |
1623 |
|
1623 | |||
1624 | PREDEFINED = |
|
1624 | PREDEFINED = DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS | |
1625 |
|
1625 | |||
1626 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then |
|
1626 | # If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then | |
1627 | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. |
|
1627 | # this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. | |
1628 | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. |
|
1628 | # The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. | |
1629 | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that |
|
1629 | # Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that | |
1630 | # overrules the definition found in the source code. |
|
1630 | # overrules the definition found in the source code. | |
1631 |
|
1631 | |||
1632 | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = |
|
1632 | EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = | |
1633 |
|
1633 | |||
1634 | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then |
|
1634 | # If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then | |
1635 | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros |
|
1635 | # doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros | |
1636 | # that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a |
|
1636 | # that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a | |
1637 | # semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. |
|
1637 | # semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. | |
1638 |
|
1638 | |||
1639 | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES |
|
1639 | SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES | |
1640 |
|
1640 | |||
1641 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1641 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1642 | # Configuration::additions related to external references |
|
1642 | # Configuration::additions related to external references | |
1643 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1643 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1644 |
|
1644 | |||
1645 | # The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each |
|
1645 | # The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each | |
1646 | # tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The |
|
1646 | # tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The | |
1647 | # format of a tag file without this location is as follows: |
|
1647 | # format of a tag file without this location is as follows: | |
1648 | # TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... |
|
1648 | # TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... | |
1649 | # Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: |
|
1649 | # Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: | |
1650 | # TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... |
|
1650 | # TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... | |
1651 | # where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths |
|
1651 | # where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths | |
1652 | # or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does |
|
1652 | # or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does | |
1653 | # NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which |
|
1653 | # NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which | |
1654 | # doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. |
|
1654 | # doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. | |
1655 |
|
1655 | |||
1656 | TAGFILES = |
|
1656 | TAGFILES = | |
1657 |
|
1657 | |||
1658 | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create |
|
1658 | # When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create | |
1659 | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. |
|
1659 | # a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | |
1660 |
|
1660 | |||
1661 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = |
|
1661 | GENERATE_TAGFILE = | |
1662 |
|
1662 | |||
1663 | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed |
|
1663 | # If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed | |
1664 | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes |
|
1664 | # in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes | |
1665 | # will be listed. |
|
1665 | # will be listed. | |
1666 |
|
1666 | |||
1667 | ALLEXTERNALS = NO |
|
1667 | ALLEXTERNALS = NO | |
1668 |
|
1668 | |||
1669 | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed |
|
1669 | # If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed | |
1670 | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will |
|
1670 | # in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will | |
1671 | # be listed. |
|
1671 | # be listed. | |
1672 |
|
1672 | |||
1673 | EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES |
|
1673 | EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES | |
1674 |
|
1674 | |||
1675 | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script |
|
1675 | # The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script | |
1676 | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). |
|
1676 | # interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | |
1677 |
|
1677 | |||
1678 | PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl |
|
1678 | PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl | |
1679 |
|
1679 | |||
1680 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1680 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1681 | # Configuration options related to the dot tool |
|
1681 | # Configuration options related to the dot tool | |
1682 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
1682 | #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1683 |
|
1683 | |||
1684 | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
1684 | # If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
1685 | # generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base |
|
1685 | # generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base | |
1686 | # or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that |
|
1686 | # or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that | |
1687 | # this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to |
|
1687 | # this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to | |
1688 | # install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. |
|
1688 | # install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. | |
1689 |
|
1689 | |||
1690 |
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = |
|
1690 | CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO | |
1691 |
|
1691 | |||
1692 | # You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc |
|
1692 | # You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc | |
1693 | # command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see |
|
1693 | # command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see | |
1694 | # http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the |
|
1694 | # http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the | |
1695 | # documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where |
|
1695 | # documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where | |
1696 | # the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the |
|
1696 | # the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the | |
1697 | # default search path. |
|
1697 | # default search path. | |
1698 |
|
1698 | |||
1699 | MSCGEN_PATH = |
|
1699 | MSCGEN_PATH = | |
1700 |
|
1700 | |||
1701 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide |
|
1701 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide | |
1702 | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented |
|
1702 | # inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented | |
1703 | # or is not a class. |
|
1703 | # or is not a class. | |
1704 |
|
1704 | |||
1705 | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES |
|
1705 | HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES | |
1706 |
|
1706 | |||
1707 | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is |
|
1707 | # If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is | |
1708 | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization |
|
1708 | # available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization | |
1709 | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section |
|
1709 | # toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section | |
1710 | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) |
|
1710 | # have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | |
1711 |
|
1711 | |||
1712 |
HAVE_DOT = |
|
1712 | HAVE_DOT = YES | |
1713 |
|
1713 | |||
1714 | # The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is |
|
1714 | # The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is | |
1715 | # allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will |
|
1715 | # allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will | |
1716 | # base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it |
|
1716 | # base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it | |
1717 | # explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance |
|
1717 | # explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance | |
1718 | # between CPU load and processing speed. |
|
1718 | # between CPU load and processing speed. | |
1719 |
|
1719 | |||
1720 |
DOT_NUM_THREADS = |
|
1720 | DOT_NUM_THREADS = 4 | |
1721 |
|
1721 | |||
1722 | # By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that |
|
1722 | # By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that | |
1723 | # doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify |
|
1723 | # doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify | |
1724 | # the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find |
|
1724 | # the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find | |
1725 | # the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting |
|
1725 | # the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting | |
1726 | # the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the |
|
1726 | # the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the | |
1727 | # directory containing the font. |
|
1727 | # directory containing the font. | |
1728 |
|
1728 | |||
1729 | DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica |
|
1729 | DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica | |
1730 |
|
1730 | |||
1731 | # The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. |
|
1731 | # The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. | |
1732 | # The default size is 10pt. |
|
1732 | # The default size is 10pt. | |
1733 |
|
1733 | |||
1734 | DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 |
|
1734 | DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 | |
1735 |
|
1735 | |||
1736 | # By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. |
|
1736 | # By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. | |
1737 | # If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to |
|
1737 | # If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to | |
1738 | # set the path where dot can find it. |
|
1738 | # set the path where dot can find it. | |
1739 |
|
1739 | |||
1740 | DOT_FONTPATH = |
|
1740 | DOT_FONTPATH = | |
1741 |
|
1741 | |||
1742 | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen |
|
1742 | # If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | |
1743 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and |
|
1743 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | |
1744 | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the |
|
1744 | # indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the | |
1745 | # CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. |
|
1745 | # CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | |
1746 |
|
1746 | |||
1747 | CLASS_GRAPH = YES |
|
1747 | CLASS_GRAPH = YES | |
1748 |
|
1748 | |||
1749 | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen |
|
1749 | # If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | |
1750 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and |
|
1750 | # will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | |
1751 | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and |
|
1751 | # indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and | |
1752 | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. |
|
1752 | # class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | |
1753 |
|
1753 | |||
1754 | COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES |
|
1754 | COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES | |
1755 |
|
1755 | |||
1756 | # If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen |
|
1756 | # If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | |
1757 | # will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies |
|
1757 | # will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies | |
1758 |
|
1758 | |||
1759 | GROUP_GRAPHS = YES |
|
1759 | GROUP_GRAPHS = YES | |
1760 |
|
1760 | |||
1761 | # If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and |
|
1761 | # If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and | |
1762 | # collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling |
|
1762 | # collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling | |
1763 | # Language. |
|
1763 | # Language. | |
1764 |
|
1764 | |||
1765 | UML_LOOK = NO |
|
1765 | UML_LOOK = NO | |
1766 |
|
1766 | |||
1767 | # If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside |
|
1767 | # If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside | |
1768 | # the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the |
|
1768 | # the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the | |
1769 | # graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS |
|
1769 | # graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS | |
1770 | # threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more |
|
1770 | # threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more | |
1771 | # managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be |
|
1771 | # managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be | |
1772 | # exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. |
|
1772 | # exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. | |
1773 |
|
1773 | |||
1774 | UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 |
|
1774 | UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 | |
1775 |
|
1775 | |||
1776 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the |
|
1776 | # If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the | |
1777 | # relations between templates and their instances. |
|
1777 | # relations between templates and their instances. | |
1778 |
|
1778 | |||
1779 | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO |
|
1779 | TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO | |
1780 |
|
1780 | |||
1781 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT |
|
1781 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT | |
1782 | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented |
|
1782 | # tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented | |
1783 | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with |
|
1783 | # file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with | |
1784 | # other documented files. |
|
1784 | # other documented files. | |
1785 |
|
1785 | |||
1786 | INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES |
|
1786 | INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES | |
1787 |
|
1787 | |||
1788 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and |
|
1788 | # If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and | |
1789 | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each |
|
1789 | # HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each | |
1790 | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or |
|
1790 | # documented header file showing the documented files that directly or | |
1791 | # indirectly include this file. |
|
1791 | # indirectly include this file. | |
1792 |
|
1792 | |||
1793 | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES |
|
1793 | INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES | |
1794 |
|
1794 | |||
1795 | # If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then |
|
1795 | # If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then | |
1796 | # doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function |
|
1796 | # doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function | |
1797 | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase |
|
1797 | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase | |
1798 | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs |
|
1798 | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs | |
1799 | # for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. |
|
1799 | # for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. | |
1800 |
|
1800 | |||
1801 |
CALL_GRAPH = |
|
1801 | CALL_GRAPH = YES | |
1802 |
|
1802 | |||
1803 | # If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then |
|
1803 | # If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then | |
1804 | # doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function |
|
1804 | # doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function | |
1805 | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase |
|
1805 | # or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase | |
1806 | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller |
|
1806 | # the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller | |
1807 | # graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. |
|
1807 | # graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. | |
1808 |
|
1808 | |||
1809 |
CALLER_GRAPH = |
|
1809 | CALLER_GRAPH = YES | |
1810 |
|
1810 | |||
1811 | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen |
|
1811 | # If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | |
1812 | # will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. |
|
1812 | # will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | |
1813 |
|
1813 | |||
1814 | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES |
|
1814 | GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES | |
1815 |
|
1815 | |||
1816 | # If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES |
|
1816 | # If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES | |
1817 | # then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories |
|
1817 | # then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories | |
1818 | # in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include |
|
1818 | # in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include | |
1819 | # relations between the files in the directories. |
|
1819 | # relations between the files in the directories. | |
1820 |
|
1820 | |||
1821 | DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES |
|
1821 | DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES | |
1822 |
|
1822 | |||
1823 | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images |
|
1823 | # The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images | |
1824 | # generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. |
|
1824 | # generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. | |
1825 | # If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set |
|
1825 | # If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set | |
1826 | # HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files |
|
1826 | # HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files | |
1827 | # visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). |
|
1827 | # visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). | |
1828 |
|
1828 | |||
1829 | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png |
|
1829 | DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png | |
1830 |
|
1830 | |||
1831 | # If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to |
|
1831 | # If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to | |
1832 | # enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. |
|
1832 | # enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. | |
1833 | # Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. |
|
1833 | # Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. | |
1834 | # Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you |
|
1834 | # Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you | |
1835 | # need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files |
|
1835 | # need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files | |
1836 | # visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. |
|
1836 | # visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. | |
1837 |
|
1837 | |||
1838 |
INTERACTIVE_SVG = |
|
1838 | INTERACTIVE_SVG = YES | |
1839 |
|
1839 | |||
1840 | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be |
|
1840 | # The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be | |
1841 | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. |
|
1841 | # found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. | |
1842 |
|
1842 | |||
1843 | DOT_PATH = |
|
1843 | DOT_PATH = | |
1844 |
|
1844 | |||
1845 | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that |
|
1845 | # The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | |
1846 | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the |
|
1846 | # contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the | |
1847 | # \dotfile command). |
|
1847 | # \dotfile command). | |
1848 |
|
1848 | |||
1849 | DOTFILE_DIRS = |
|
1849 | DOTFILE_DIRS = | |
1850 |
|
1850 | |||
1851 | # The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that |
|
1851 | # The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | |
1852 | # contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the |
|
1852 | # contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the | |
1853 | # \mscfile command). |
|
1853 | # \mscfile command). | |
1854 |
|
1854 | |||
1855 | MSCFILE_DIRS = |
|
1855 | MSCFILE_DIRS = | |
1856 |
|
1856 | |||
1857 | # The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of |
|
1857 | # The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of | |
1858 | # nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph |
|
1858 | # nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph | |
1859 | # becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is |
|
1859 | # becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is | |
1860 | # visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the |
|
1860 | # visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the | |
1861 | # number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than |
|
1861 | # number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than | |
1862 | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note |
|
1862 | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note | |
1863 | # that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. |
|
1863 | # that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. | |
1864 |
|
1864 | |||
1865 | DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 |
|
1865 | DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 | |
1866 |
|
1866 | |||
1867 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the |
|
1867 | # The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the | |
1868 | # graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable |
|
1868 | # graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable | |
1869 | # from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes |
|
1869 | # from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes | |
1870 | # that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this |
|
1870 | # that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this | |
1871 | # option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large |
|
1871 | # option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large | |
1872 | # code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by |
|
1872 | # code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by | |
1873 | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. |
|
1873 | # DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. | |
1874 |
|
1874 | |||
1875 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 |
|
1875 | MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 | |
1876 |
|
1876 | |||
1877 | # Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent |
|
1877 | # Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent | |
1878 | # background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not |
|
1878 | # background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not | |
1879 | # seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, |
|
1879 | # seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, | |
1880 | # enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of |
|
1880 | # enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of | |
1881 | # a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). |
|
1881 | # a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). | |
1882 |
|
1882 | |||
1883 | DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO |
|
1883 | DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO | |
1884 |
|
1884 | |||
1885 | # Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output |
|
1885 | # Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output | |
1886 | # files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This |
|
1886 | # files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This | |
1887 | # makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) |
|
1887 | # makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) | |
1888 | # support this, this feature is disabled by default. |
|
1888 | # support this, this feature is disabled by default. | |
1889 |
|
1889 | |||
1890 | DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO |
|
1890 | DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO | |
1891 |
|
1891 | |||
1892 | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
1892 | # If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
1893 | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and |
|
1893 | # generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and | |
1894 | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. |
|
1894 | # arrows in the dot generated graphs. | |
1895 |
|
1895 | |||
1896 | GENERATE_LEGEND = YES |
|
1896 | GENERATE_LEGEND = YES | |
1897 |
|
1897 | |||
1898 | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will |
|
1898 | # If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | |
1899 | # remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate |
|
1899 | # remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate | |
1900 | # the various graphs. |
|
1900 | # the various graphs. | |
1901 |
|
1901 | |||
1902 | DOT_CLEANUP = YES |
|
1902 | DOT_CLEANUP = YES |
@@ -1,48 +1,47 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 |
|
22 | |||
23 | #include <SDL.h> |
|
23 | #include <SDL.h> | |
24 | #include <ili9328.h> |
|
24 | #include <ili9328.h> | |
25 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
26 |
|
25 | |||
27 | #define LCDILI9328 9328 |
|
26 | #define LCDILI9328 9328 | |
28 |
|
27 | |||
29 | extern SDL_Surface *screen; |
|
28 | extern SDL_Surface *screen; | |
30 | extern SDL_Overlay *bmp; |
|
29 | extern SDL_Overlay *bmp; | |
31 |
|
30 | |||
32 | extern void SDLCD_mkscreen(int resx,int resy,int bbp,int lcdtype); |
|
31 | extern void SDLCD_mkscreen(int resx,int resy,int bbp,int lcdtype); | |
33 | extern int SDLCD_init(); |
|
32 | extern int SDLCD_init(); | |
34 | extern void SDLCD_writereg(uint32_t reg,uint32_t data); |
|
33 | extern void SDLCD_writereg(uint32_t reg,uint32_t data); | |
35 | extern uint32_t SDLCD_readreg(uint32_t reg); |
|
34 | extern uint32_t SDLCD_readreg(uint32_t reg); | |
36 | extern void SDLCD_writeGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count); |
|
35 | extern void SDLCD_writeGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count); | |
37 | extern void SDLCD_writeGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count); |
|
36 | extern void SDLCD_writeGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count); | |
38 | extern void SDLCD_readGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count); |
|
37 | extern void SDLCD_readGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count); | |
39 | extern void SDLCD_readGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count); |
|
38 | extern void SDLCD_readGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count); | |
40 |
|
39 | |||
41 |
|
40 | |||
42 |
|
41 | |||
43 |
|
42 | |||
44 |
|
43 | |||
45 |
|
44 | |||
46 |
|
45 | |||
47 |
|
46 | |||
48 |
|
47 |
@@ -1,58 +1,57 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef GENERICLCD_CONTROLER_H |
|
22 | #ifndef GENERICLCD_CONTROLER_H | |
23 | #define GENERICLCD_CONTROLER_H |
|
23 | #define GENERICLCD_CONTROLER_H | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
25 | #include <uhandle.h> | |
26 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
27 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
26 | #include <fonts.h> | |
28 |
|
27 | |||
29 |
|
28 | |||
30 | typedef struct LCD_IF_t |
|
29 | typedef struct LCD_IF_t | |
31 | { |
|
30 | { | |
32 | int (*init)(); |
|
31 | int (*init)(); | |
33 | void (*writereg)(uint32_t reg,uint32_t data); |
|
32 | void (*writereg)(uint32_t reg,uint32_t data); | |
34 | uint32_t (*readreg)(uint32_t reg); |
|
33 | uint32_t (*readreg)(uint32_t reg); | |
35 | void (*writeGRAM)(void* buffer,uint32_t count); |
|
34 | void (*writeGRAM)(void* buffer,uint32_t count); | |
36 | void (*readGRAM)(void* buffer,uint32_t count); |
|
35 | void (*readGRAM)(void* buffer,uint32_t count); | |
37 | }LCD_IF_t; |
|
36 | }LCD_IF_t; | |
38 |
|
37 | |||
39 | typedef struct LCD_t |
|
38 | typedef struct LCD_t | |
40 | { |
|
39 | { | |
41 | LCD_IF_t* interface; |
|
40 | LCD_IF_t* interface; | |
42 | int (*init)(struct LCD_t* LCD); |
|
41 | int (*init)(struct LCD_t* LCD); | |
43 | void (*paint)(struct LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t Width,uint16_t Height); |
|
42 | void (*paint)(struct LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t Width,uint16_t Height); | |
44 | void (*paintText)(struct LCD_t* LCD,char* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT *font,uint32_t color); |
|
43 | void (*paintText)(struct LCD_t* LCD,char* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT *font,uint32_t color); | |
45 | void (*paintFilRect)(struct LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
44 | void (*paintFilRect)(struct LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
46 | void (*getPix)(struct LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h); |
|
45 | void (*getPix)(struct LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h); | |
47 | void (*refreshenable)(struct LCD_t* LCD,int enable); |
|
46 | void (*refreshenable)(struct LCD_t* LCD,int enable); | |
48 | uint16_t width; |
|
47 | uint16_t width; | |
49 | uint16_t height; |
|
48 | uint16_t height; | |
50 | }LCD_t; |
|
49 | }LCD_t; | |
51 |
|
50 | |||
52 |
|
51 | |||
53 | #endif /*GENERICLCD_CONTROLER_H*/ |
|
52 | #endif /*GENERICLCD_CONTROLER_H*/ | |
54 |
|
53 | |||
55 |
|
54 | |||
56 |
|
55 | |||
57 |
|
56 | |||
58 |
|
57 |
@@ -1,102 +1,99 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef ILI9328_H |
|
22 | #ifndef ILI9328_H | |
23 | #define ILI9328_H |
|
23 | #define ILI9328_H | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
|||
26 | #include <genericLCD_Controler.h> |
|
25 | #include <genericLCD_Controler.h> | |
27 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
28 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
|||
29 |
|
26 | |||
30 | extern int ili9328init(struct LCD_t* LCD); |
|
27 | extern int ili9328init(struct LCD_t* LCD); | |
31 | extern void ili9328setFrame(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t X,uint16_t Y,uint16_t W,uint16_t H); |
|
28 | extern void ili9328setFrame(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t X,uint16_t Y,uint16_t W,uint16_t H); | |
32 | extern void ili9328setGRAMaddress(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Haddress,uint16_t Vaddress); |
|
29 | extern void ili9328setGRAMaddress(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Haddress,uint16_t Vaddress); | |
33 | extern void ili9328paint(LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t Width,uint16_t Height); |
|
30 | extern void ili9328paint(LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t Width,uint16_t Height); | |
34 | extern void ili9328paintText(LCD_t* LCD,char* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT *font,uint32_t color); |
|
31 | extern void ili9328paintText(LCD_t* LCD,char* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT *font,uint32_t color); | |
35 | extern void ili9328paintFilRect(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
32 | extern void ili9328paintFilRect(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
36 | extern void ili9328paintFilCirc(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
33 | extern void ili9328paintFilCirc(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
37 | extern void ili9328paintFilCircMidPoint(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
34 | extern void ili9328paintFilCircMidPoint(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
38 | extern void ili9328getPix(struct LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h); |
|
35 | extern void ili9328getPix(struct LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h); | |
39 | extern void ili9328refreshenable(struct LCD_t* LCD,int enable); |
|
36 | extern void ili9328refreshenable(struct LCD_t* LCD,int enable); | |
40 | extern void ili9328paintChar(LCD_t* LCD,char buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT* font,uint32_t color); |
|
37 | extern void ili9328paintChar(LCD_t* LCD,char buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT* font,uint32_t color); | |
41 |
|
38 | |||
42 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DRIVERCODEREAD ((uint32_t) 0x0000 ) |
|
39 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DRIVERCODEREAD ((uint32_t) 0x0000 ) | |
43 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DRIVEROUTPUTCONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0001 ) |
|
40 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DRIVEROUTPUTCONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0001 ) | |
44 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_LCDDRIVINGCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x0002 ) |
|
41 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_LCDDRIVINGCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x0002 ) | |
45 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_ENTRYMODE ((uint32_t) 0x0003 ) |
|
42 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_ENTRYMODE ((uint32_t) 0x0003 ) | |
46 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_RESIZECONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x0004 ) |
|
43 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_RESIZECONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x0004 ) | |
47 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0007 ) |
|
44 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0007 ) | |
48 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0008 ) |
|
45 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0008 ) | |
49 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL3 ((uint32_t) 0x0009 ) |
|
46 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL3 ((uint32_t) 0x0009 ) | |
50 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x000A ) |
|
47 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DISPLAYCONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x000A ) | |
51 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_RGBDISPLAYINTERFACECONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x000C ) |
|
48 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_RGBDISPLAYINTERFACECONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x000C ) | |
52 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_FRAMEMAKERPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x000D ) |
|
49 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_FRAMEMAKERPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x000D ) | |
53 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_RGBDISPLAYINTERFACECONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x000F ) |
|
50 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_RGBDISPLAYINTERFACECONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x000F ) | |
54 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0010 ) |
|
51 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0010 ) | |
55 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0011 ) |
|
52 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0011 ) | |
56 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL3 ((uint32_t) 0x0012 ) |
|
53 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL3 ((uint32_t) 0x0012 ) | |
57 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x0013 ) |
|
54 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x0013 ) | |
58 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALGRAMADDRESSSET ((uint32_t) 0x0020 ) |
|
55 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALGRAMADDRESSSET ((uint32_t) 0x0020 ) | |
59 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALGRAMADDRESSSET ((uint32_t) 0x0021 ) |
|
56 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALGRAMADDRESSSET ((uint32_t) 0x0021 ) | |
60 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_WRITEDATATOGRAM ((uint32_t) 0x0022 ) |
|
57 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_WRITEDATATOGRAM ((uint32_t) 0x0022 ) | |
61 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL7 ((uint32_t) 0x0029 ) |
|
58 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_POWERCONTROL7 ((uint32_t) 0x0029 ) | |
62 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_FRAMERATEANDCOLORCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x002B ) |
|
59 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_FRAMERATEANDCOLORCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x002B ) | |
63 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0030 ) |
|
60 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0030 ) | |
64 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0031 ) |
|
61 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0031 ) | |
65 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL3 ((uint32_t) 0x0032 ) |
|
62 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL3 ((uint32_t) 0x0032 ) | |
66 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x0035 ) |
|
63 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x0035 ) | |
67 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL5 ((uint32_t) 0x0036 ) |
|
64 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL5 ((uint32_t) 0x0036 ) | |
68 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL6 ((uint32_t) 0x0037 ) |
|
65 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL6 ((uint32_t) 0x0037 ) | |
69 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL7 ((uint32_t) 0x0038 ) |
|
66 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL7 ((uint32_t) 0x0038 ) | |
70 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL8 ((uint32_t) 0x0039 ) |
|
67 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL8 ((uint32_t) 0x0039 ) | |
71 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL9 ((uint32_t) 0x003C ) |
|
68 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL9 ((uint32_t) 0x003C ) | |
72 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL10 ((uint32_t) 0x003D ) |
|
69 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_GAMMACONTROL10 ((uint32_t) 0x003D ) | |
73 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0050 ) |
|
70 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0050 ) | |
74 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSENDPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0051 ) |
|
71 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSENDPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0051 ) | |
75 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0052 ) |
|
72 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0052 ) | |
76 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSENDPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0053 ) |
|
73 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSENDPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0053 ) | |
77 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DRIVEROUTPUTCONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0060 ) |
|
74 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_DRIVEROUTPUTCONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0060 ) | |
78 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_BASEIMAGEDISPLAYCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x0061 ) |
|
75 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_BASEIMAGEDISPLAYCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x0061 ) | |
79 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALSCROLLCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x006A ) |
|
76 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALSCROLLCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x006A ) | |
80 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE1DISPLAYPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0080 ) |
|
77 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE1DISPLAYPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0080 ) | |
81 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE1AREASTARTLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0081 ) |
|
78 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE1AREASTARTLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0081 ) | |
82 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE1AREAENDLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0082 ) |
|
79 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE1AREAENDLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0082 ) | |
83 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE2DISPLAYPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0083 ) |
|
80 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE2DISPLAYPOSITION ((uint32_t) 0x0083 ) | |
84 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE2AREASTARTLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0084 ) |
|
81 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE2AREASTARTLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0084 ) | |
85 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE2AREAENDLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0085 ) |
|
82 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PARTIALIMAGE2AREAENDLINE ((uint32_t) 0x0085 ) | |
86 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PANELINTERFACECONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0090 ) |
|
83 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PANELINTERFACECONTROL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0090 ) | |
87 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PANELINTERFACECONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0092 ) |
|
84 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PANELINTERFACECONTROL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0092 ) | |
88 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PANELINTERFACECONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x0095 ) |
|
85 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_PANELINTERFACECONTROL4 ((uint32_t) 0x0095 ) | |
89 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_OTPVCMPROGRAMMINGCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x00A1 ) |
|
86 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_OTPVCMPROGRAMMINGCONTROL ((uint32_t) 0x00A1 ) | |
90 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_OTPVCMSTATUSANDENABLE ((uint32_t) 0x00A2 ) |
|
87 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_OTPVCMSTATUSANDENABLE ((uint32_t) 0x00A2 ) | |
91 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_OTPPROGRAMMINGIDKEY ((uint32_t) 0x00A5 ) |
|
88 | #define ILI9328_REGISTER_OTPPROGRAMMINGIDKEY ((uint32_t) 0x00A5 ) | |
92 |
|
89 | |||
93 | #ifdef _PRVATE_ILI9328_ |
|
90 | #ifdef _PRVATE_ILI9328_ | |
94 | void ili9328cpFrame(LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,int x,int y,int w, int h); |
|
91 | void ili9328cpFrame(LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,int x,int y,int w, int h); | |
95 | #endif |
|
92 | #endif | |
96 |
|
93 | |||
97 | #endif |
|
94 | #endif | |
98 |
|
95 | |||
99 |
|
96 | |||
100 |
|
97 | |||
101 |
|
98 | |||
102 |
|
99 |
@@ -1,93 +1,90 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef SSD2119_H |
|
22 | #ifndef SSD2119_H | |
23 | #define SSD2119_H |
|
23 | #define SSD2119_H | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
|||
26 | #include <genericLCD_Controler.h> |
|
25 | #include <genericLCD_Controler.h> | |
27 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
28 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
|||
29 |
|
26 | |||
30 | extern int ssd2119init(struct LCD_t* LCD); |
|
27 | extern int ssd2119init(struct LCD_t* LCD); | |
31 | extern void ssd2119setFrame(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t X,uint16_t Y,uint16_t W,uint16_t H); |
|
28 | extern void ssd2119setFrame(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t X,uint16_t Y,uint16_t W,uint16_t H); | |
32 | extern void ssd2119setGRAMaddress(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Haddress,uint16_t Vaddress); |
|
29 | extern void ssd2119setGRAMaddress(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Haddress,uint16_t Vaddress); | |
33 | extern void ssd2119paint(LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t Width,uint16_t Height); |
|
30 | extern void ssd2119paint(LCD_t* LCD,void* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t Width,uint16_t Height); | |
34 | extern void ssd2119paintText(LCD_t* LCD,char* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT *font,uint32_t color); |
|
31 | extern void ssd2119paintText(LCD_t* LCD,char* buffer,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,sFONT *font,uint32_t color); | |
35 | extern void ssd2119paintFilRect(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
32 | extern void ssd2119paintFilRect(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t w,uint16_t h,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
36 | extern void ssd2119paintFilCirc(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
33 | extern void ssd2119paintFilCirc(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
37 | extern void ssd2119paintFilCircMidPoint(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); |
|
34 | extern void ssd2119paintFilCircMidPoint(LCD_t* LCD,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t r,uint32_t contColor,uint16_t contSz,uint32_t fillColor); | |
38 | extern void ssd2119refreshenable(struct LCD_t* LCD,int enable); |
|
35 | extern void ssd2119refreshenable(struct LCD_t* LCD,int enable); | |
39 |
|
36 | |||
40 | /* SSD2119 registers */ |
|
37 | /* SSD2119 registers */ | |
41 |
|
38 | |||
42 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_DEVICE_CODE_READ ((uint32_t)0x00) |
|
39 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_DEVICE_CODE_READ ((uint32_t)0x00) | |
43 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_OSC_START ((uint32_t)0x00) |
|
40 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_OSC_START ((uint32_t)0x00) | |
44 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_OUTPUT_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x01) |
|
41 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_OUTPUT_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x01) | |
45 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_LCD_DRIVE_AC_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x02) |
|
42 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_LCD_DRIVE_AC_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x02) | |
46 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_1 ((uint32_t)0x03) |
|
43 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_1 ((uint32_t)0x03) | |
47 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_DISPLAY_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x07) |
|
44 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_DISPLAY_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x07) | |
48 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_FRAME_CYCLE_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x0B) |
|
45 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_FRAME_CYCLE_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x0B) | |
49 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_2 ((uint32_t)0x0C) |
|
46 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_2 ((uint32_t)0x0C) | |
50 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_3 ((uint32_t)0x0D) |
|
47 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_3 ((uint32_t)0x0D) | |
51 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_4 ((uint32_t)0x0E) |
|
48 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_4 ((uint32_t)0x0E) | |
52 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GATE_SCAN_START ((uint32_t)0x0F) |
|
49 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GATE_SCAN_START ((uint32_t)0x0F) | |
53 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_SLEEP_MODE_1 ((uint32_t)0x10) |
|
50 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_SLEEP_MODE_1 ((uint32_t)0x10) | |
54 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_ENTRY_MODE ((uint32_t)0x11) |
|
51 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_ENTRY_MODE ((uint32_t)0x11) | |
55 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_SLEEP_MODE_2 ((uint32_t)0x12) |
|
52 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_SLEEP_MODE_2 ((uint32_t)0x12) | |
56 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GEN_IF_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x15) |
|
53 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GEN_IF_CTRL ((uint32_t)0x15) | |
57 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_H_PORCH ((uint32_t)0x16) |
|
54 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_H_PORCH ((uint32_t)0x16) | |
58 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_PORCH ((uint32_t)0x17) |
|
55 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_PORCH ((uint32_t)0x17) | |
59 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_5 ((uint32_t)0x1E) |
|
56 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_PWR_CTRL_5 ((uint32_t)0x1E) | |
60 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_UNIFORMITY ((uint32_t)0x20) |
|
57 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_UNIFORMITY ((uint32_t)0x20) | |
61 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_RAM_DATA ((uint32_t)0x22) |
|
58 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_RAM_DATA ((uint32_t)0x22) | |
62 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_FRAME_FREQ ((uint32_t)0x25) |
|
59 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_FRAME_FREQ ((uint32_t)0x25) | |
63 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_ANALOG_SET ((uint32_t)0x26) |
|
60 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_ANALOG_SET ((uint32_t)0x26) | |
64 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_VCOM_OTP_1 ((uint32_t)0x28) |
|
61 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_VCOM_OTP_1 ((uint32_t)0x28) | |
65 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_VCOM_OTP_2 ((uint32_t)0x29) |
|
62 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_VCOM_OTP_2 ((uint32_t)0x29) | |
66 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_1 ((uint32_t)0x30) |
|
63 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_1 ((uint32_t)0x30) | |
67 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_2 ((uint32_t)0x31) |
|
64 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_2 ((uint32_t)0x31) | |
68 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_3 ((uint32_t)0x32) |
|
65 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_3 ((uint32_t)0x32) | |
69 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_4 ((uint32_t)0x33) |
|
66 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_4 ((uint32_t)0x33) | |
70 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_5 ((uint32_t)0x34) |
|
67 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_5 ((uint32_t)0x34) | |
71 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_6 ((uint32_t)0x35) |
|
68 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_6 ((uint32_t)0x35) | |
72 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_7 ((uint32_t)0x36) |
|
69 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_7 ((uint32_t)0x36) | |
73 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_8 ((uint32_t)0x37) |
|
70 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_8 ((uint32_t)0x37) | |
74 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_9 ((uint32_t)0x3A) |
|
71 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_9 ((uint32_t)0x3A) | |
75 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_10 ((uint32_t)0x3B) |
|
72 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_GAMMA_CTRL_10 ((uint32_t)0x3B) | |
76 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_SCROLL_1 ((uint32_t)0x41) |
|
73 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_SCROLL_1 ((uint32_t)0x41) | |
77 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_SCROLL_2 ((uint32_t)0x42) |
|
74 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_SCROLL_2 ((uint32_t)0x42) | |
78 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_RAM_POS ((uint32_t)0x44) |
|
75 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_V_RAM_POS ((uint32_t)0x44) | |
79 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_H_RAM_START ((uint32_t)0x45) |
|
76 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_H_RAM_START ((uint32_t)0x45) | |
80 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_H_RAM_END ((uint32_t)0x46) |
|
77 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_H_RAM_END ((uint32_t)0x46) | |
81 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_1_DRV_POS_1 ((uint32_t)0x48) |
|
78 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_1_DRV_POS_1 ((uint32_t)0x48) | |
82 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_1_DRV_POS_2 ((uint32_t)0x49) |
|
79 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_1_DRV_POS_2 ((uint32_t)0x49) | |
83 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_2_DRV_POS_1 ((uint32_t)0x4A) |
|
80 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_2_DRV_POS_1 ((uint32_t)0x4A) | |
84 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_2_DRV_POS_2 ((uint32_t)0x4B) |
|
81 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_2_DRV_POS_2 ((uint32_t)0x4B) | |
85 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_X_RAM_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x4E) |
|
82 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_X_RAM_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x4E) | |
86 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_Y_RAM_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x4F) |
|
83 | #define SSD2119_REGISTER_Y_RAM_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x4F) | |
87 |
|
84 | |||
88 | #endif |
|
85 | #endif | |
89 |
|
86 | |||
90 |
|
87 | |||
91 |
|
88 | |||
92 |
|
89 | |||
93 |
|
90 |
@@ -1,72 +1,70 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef TERMINAL_H |
|
22 | #ifndef TERMINAL_H | |
23 | #define TERMINAL_H |
|
23 | #define TERMINAL_H | |
24 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
25 | #include <widget.h> |
|
24 | #include <widget.h> | |
26 | #include <streamdevices.h> |
|
25 | #include <streamdevices.h> | |
27 | #include <genericLCD_Controler.h> |
|
26 | #include <genericLCD_Controler.h> | |
28 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
|||
29 |
|
27 | |||
30 | typedef struct terminal_t |
|
28 | typedef struct terminal_t | |
31 | { |
|
29 | { | |
32 | uint16_t line; |
|
30 | uint16_t line; | |
33 | uint16_t column; |
|
31 | uint16_t column; | |
34 | uint16_t lineCount; |
|
32 | uint16_t lineCount; | |
35 | uint16_t columnCount; |
|
33 | uint16_t columnCount; | |
36 | uint16_t firstLine; |
|
34 | uint16_t firstLine; | |
37 | uint16_t lastLine; |
|
35 | uint16_t lastLine; | |
38 | uint16_t Xpos; |
|
36 | uint16_t Xpos; | |
39 | uint16_t Ypos; |
|
37 | uint16_t Ypos; | |
40 | uint16_t width; |
|
38 | uint16_t width; | |
41 | uint16_t height; |
|
39 | uint16_t height; | |
42 | uint32_t backgroundColor; |
|
40 | uint32_t backgroundColor; | |
43 | uint32_t textColor; |
|
41 | uint32_t textColor; | |
44 | int8_t verticalSpace; |
|
42 | int8_t verticalSpace; | |
45 | int8_t horizontalSpace; |
|
43 | int8_t horizontalSpace; | |
46 | int8_t empty; |
|
44 | int8_t empty; | |
47 | LCD_t* LCD; |
|
45 | LCD_t* LCD; | |
48 | sFONT* font; |
|
46 | sFONT* font; | |
49 | char* buffer; |
|
47 | char* buffer; | |
50 | }terminal_t; |
|
48 | }terminal_t; | |
51 |
|
49 | |||
52 | int terminal_init(terminal_t* terminal,LCD_t* LCD,sFONT* font,streamdevice* strdev); |
|
50 | int terminal_init(terminal_t* terminal,LCD_t* LCD,sFONT* font,streamdevice* strdev); | |
53 | void terminal_setgeometry(terminal_t* terminal,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t width,uint16_t height); |
|
51 | void terminal_setgeometry(terminal_t* terminal,uint16_t Xpos,uint16_t Ypos,uint16_t width,uint16_t height); | |
54 | void terminal_clear(terminal_t* terminal); |
|
52 | void terminal_clear(terminal_t* terminal); | |
55 | void terminal_setbackgroundColor(terminal_t* terminal, uint32_t backgrooundColor); |
|
53 | void terminal_setbackgroundColor(terminal_t* terminal, uint32_t backgrooundColor); | |
56 | void terminal_settextColor(terminal_t* terminal, uint32_t textColor); |
|
54 | void terminal_settextColor(terminal_t* terminal, uint32_t textColor); | |
57 | void terminal_movecursor(terminal_t* terminal,int n); |
|
55 | void terminal_movecursor(terminal_t* terminal,int n); | |
58 | void terminal_clearCurentLine(terminal_t* terminal); |
|
56 | void terminal_clearCurentLine(terminal_t* terminal); | |
59 | int terminal_write(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); |
|
57 | int terminal_write(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); | |
60 | int terminal_read(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); |
|
58 | int terminal_read(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); | |
61 | int terminal_setpos(streamdevice* device,int pos); |
|
59 | int terminal_setpos(streamdevice* device,int pos); | |
62 | int terminal_close(streamdevice* device); |
|
60 | int terminal_close(streamdevice* device); | |
63 |
|
61 | |||
64 |
|
62 | |||
65 |
|
63 | |||
66 |
|
64 | |||
67 |
|
65 | |||
68 |
|
66 | |||
69 |
|
67 | |||
70 |
|
68 | |||
71 |
|
69 | |||
72 | #endif |
|
70 | #endif |
@@ -1,63 +1,60 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef STMPE811_H |
|
22 | #ifndef STMPE811_H | |
23 | #define STMPE811_H |
|
23 | #define STMPE811_H | |
24 | #include <stdio.h> |
|
24 | #include <stdio.h> | |
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
|||
26 | #include <genericTC_Controler.h> |
|
25 | #include <genericTC_Controler.h> | |
27 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
28 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
|||
29 | #include <spi.h> |
|
26 | #include <spi.h> | |
30 |
|
27 | |||
31 | typedef struct ADS7843_t |
|
28 | typedef struct ADS7843_t | |
32 | { |
|
29 | { | |
33 | spi_t spidev; |
|
30 | spi_t spidev; | |
34 | void (*setnCS)(char); |
|
31 | void (*setnCS)(char); | |
35 | int (*busy)(); |
|
32 | int (*busy)(); | |
36 | }ADS7843_t; |
|
33 | }ADS7843_t; | |
37 |
|
34 | |||
38 |
|
35 | |||
39 | extern int ads7843init(ADS7843_t *dev, spi_t spidev,void (*setnCS)(char),int (*busy)()); |
|
36 | extern int ads7843init(ADS7843_t *dev, spi_t spidev,void (*setnCS)(char),int (*busy)()); | |
40 | extern int ads7843read(ADS7843_t *dev,int* x,int* y); |
|
37 | extern int ads7843read(ADS7843_t *dev,int* x,int* y); | |
41 |
|
38 | |||
42 |
|
39 | |||
43 |
|
40 | |||
44 | #endif |
|
41 | #endif | |
45 |
|
42 | |||
46 |
|
43 | |||
47 |
|
44 | |||
48 |
|
45 | |||
49 |
|
46 | |||
50 |
|
47 | |||
51 |
|
48 | |||
52 |
|
49 | |||
53 |
|
50 | |||
54 |
|
51 | |||
55 |
|
52 | |||
56 |
|
53 | |||
57 |
|
54 | |||
58 |
|
55 | |||
59 |
|
56 | |||
60 |
|
57 | |||
61 |
|
58 | |||
62 |
|
59 | |||
63 |
|
60 |
@@ -1,115 +1,112 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef STMPE811_H |
|
22 | #ifndef STMPE811_H | |
23 | #define STMPE811_H |
|
23 | #define STMPE811_H | |
24 | #include <stdio.h> |
|
24 | #include <stdio.h> | |
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
|||
26 | #include <genericTC_Controler.h> |
|
25 | #include <genericTC_Controler.h> | |
27 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
28 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
|||
29 | #include <i2c.h> |
|
26 | #include <i2c.h> | |
30 |
|
27 | |||
31 | typedef struct STMPE811_t |
|
28 | typedef struct STMPE811_t | |
32 | { |
|
29 | { | |
33 | i2c_t i2cdev; |
|
30 | i2c_t i2cdev; | |
34 | uint8_t devAddress; |
|
31 | uint8_t devAddress; | |
35 | }STMPE811_t; |
|
32 | }STMPE811_t; | |
36 |
|
33 | |||
37 |
|
34 | |||
38 | extern int stmpe811init(STMPE811_t *dev, i2c_t i2cdev, uint8_t A0); |
|
35 | extern int stmpe811init(STMPE811_t *dev, i2c_t i2cdev, uint8_t A0); | |
39 | extern int stmpe811getID(STMPE811_t *dev); |
|
36 | extern int stmpe811getID(STMPE811_t *dev); | |
40 |
|
37 | |||
41 |
|
38 | |||
42 |
|
39 | |||
43 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_CHIP_ID ((uint32_t) 0x0000 ) |
|
40 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_CHIP_ID ((uint32_t) 0x0000 ) | |
44 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ID_VER ((uint32_t) 0x0002 ) |
|
41 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ID_VER ((uint32_t) 0x0002 ) | |
45 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_SYS_CTRL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0003 ) |
|
42 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_SYS_CTRL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0003 ) | |
46 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_SYS_CTRL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0004 ) |
|
43 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_SYS_CTRL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0004 ) | |
47 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_SPI_CFG ((uint32_t) 0x0008 ) |
|
44 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_SPI_CFG ((uint32_t) 0x0008 ) | |
48 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_INT_CTRL ((uint32_t) 0x0009 ) |
|
45 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_INT_CTRL ((uint32_t) 0x0009 ) | |
49 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_INT_EN ((uint32_t) 0x000A ) |
|
46 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_INT_EN ((uint32_t) 0x000A ) | |
50 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_INT_STA ((uint32_t) 0x000B ) |
|
47 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_INT_STA ((uint32_t) 0x000B ) | |
51 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_EN ((uint32_t) 0x000C ) |
|
48 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_EN ((uint32_t) 0x000C ) | |
52 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_INT_STA ((uint32_t) 0x000D ) |
|
49 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_INT_STA ((uint32_t) 0x000D ) | |
53 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_INT_EN ((uint32_t) 0x000E ) |
|
50 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_INT_EN ((uint32_t) 0x000E ) | |
54 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_INT_STA ((uint32_t) 0x000F ) |
|
51 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_INT_STA ((uint32_t) 0x000F ) | |
55 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_SET_PIN ((uint32_t) 0x0010 ) |
|
52 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_SET_PIN ((uint32_t) 0x0010 ) | |
56 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_CLR_PIN ((uint32_t) 0x0011 ) |
|
53 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_CLR_PIN ((uint32_t) 0x0011 ) | |
57 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_MP_STA ((uint32_t) 0x0012 ) |
|
54 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_MP_STA ((uint32_t) 0x0012 ) | |
58 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_DIR ((uint32_t) 0x0013 ) |
|
55 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_DIR ((uint32_t) 0x0013 ) | |
59 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_ED ((uint32_t) 0x0014 ) |
|
56 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_ED ((uint32_t) 0x0014 ) | |
60 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_RE ((uint32_t) 0x0015 ) |
|
57 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_RE ((uint32_t) 0x0015 ) | |
61 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_FE ((uint32_t) 0x0016 ) |
|
58 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_FE ((uint32_t) 0x0016 ) | |
62 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_AF ((uint32_t) 0x0017 ) |
|
59 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_GPIO_AF ((uint32_t) 0x0017 ) | |
63 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_CTRL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0020 ) |
|
60 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_CTRL1 ((uint32_t) 0x0020 ) | |
64 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_CTRL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0021 ) |
|
61 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_CTRL2 ((uint32_t) 0x0021 ) | |
65 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_CAPT ((uint32_t) 0x0022 ) |
|
62 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_CAPT ((uint32_t) 0x0022 ) | |
66 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH0 ((uint32_t) 0x0030 ) |
|
63 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH0 ((uint32_t) 0x0030 ) | |
67 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH1 ((uint32_t) 0x0032 ) |
|
64 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH1 ((uint32_t) 0x0032 ) | |
68 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH2 ((uint32_t) 0x0034 ) |
|
65 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH2 ((uint32_t) 0x0034 ) | |
69 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH3 ((uint32_t) 0x0036 ) |
|
66 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH3 ((uint32_t) 0x0036 ) | |
70 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH4 ((uint32_t) 0x0038 ) |
|
67 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH4 ((uint32_t) 0x0038 ) | |
71 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH5 ((uint32_t) 0x003A ) |
|
68 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH5 ((uint32_t) 0x003A ) | |
72 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH6 ((uint32_t) 0x003C ) |
|
69 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH6 ((uint32_t) 0x003C ) | |
73 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH7 ((uint32_t) 0x003E ) |
|
70 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_ADC_DATA_CH7 ((uint32_t) 0x003E ) | |
74 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_CTRL ((uint32_t) 0x0040 ) |
|
71 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_CTRL ((uint32_t) 0x0040 ) | |
75 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_CFG ((uint32_t) 0x0041 ) |
|
72 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_CFG ((uint32_t) 0x0041 ) | |
76 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_TR_X ((uint32_t) 0x0042 ) |
|
73 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_TR_X ((uint32_t) 0x0042 ) | |
77 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_TR_Y ((uint32_t) 0x0044 ) |
|
74 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_TR_Y ((uint32_t) 0x0044 ) | |
78 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_BL_X ((uint32_t) 0x0046 ) |
|
75 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_BL_X ((uint32_t) 0x0046 ) | |
79 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_BL_Y ((uint32_t) 0x0048 ) |
|
76 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_WDW_BL_Y ((uint32_t) 0x0048 ) | |
80 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_FIFO_TH ((uint32_t) 0x004A ) |
|
77 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_FIFO_TH ((uint32_t) 0x004A ) | |
81 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_FIFO_STA ((uint32_t) 0x004B ) |
|
78 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_FIFO_STA ((uint32_t) 0x004B ) | |
82 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_FIFO_SIZE ((uint32_t) 0x004C ) |
|
79 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_FIFO_SIZE ((uint32_t) 0x004C ) | |
83 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_X ((uint32_t) 0x004D ) |
|
80 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_X ((uint32_t) 0x004D ) | |
84 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_Y ((uint32_t) 0x004F ) |
|
81 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_Y ((uint32_t) 0x004F ) | |
85 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_Z ((uint32_t) 0x0051 ) |
|
82 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_Z ((uint32_t) 0x0051 ) | |
86 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_XYZ ((uint32_t) 0x0052 ) |
|
83 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA_XYZ ((uint32_t) 0x0052 ) | |
87 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_FRACTION_Z ((uint32_t) 0x0056 ) |
|
84 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_FRACTION_Z ((uint32_t) 0x0056 ) | |
88 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA ((uint32_t) 0x0057 ) |
|
85 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_DATA ((uint32_t) 0x0057 ) | |
89 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_I_DRIVE ((uint32_t) 0x0058 ) |
|
86 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_I_DRIVE ((uint32_t) 0x0058 ) | |
90 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_SHIELD ((uint32_t) 0x0059 ) |
|
87 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TSC_SHIELD ((uint32_t) 0x0059 ) | |
91 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TEMP_CTRL ((uint32_t) 0x0060 ) |
|
88 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TEMP_CTRL ((uint32_t) 0x0060 ) | |
92 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TEMP_DATA ((uint32_t) 0x0061 ) |
|
89 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TEMP_DATA ((uint32_t) 0x0061 ) | |
93 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TEMP_TH ((uint32_t) 0x0062 ) |
|
90 | #define STMPE811_REGISTER_TEMP_TH ((uint32_t) 0x0062 ) | |
94 |
|
91 | |||
95 |
|
92 | |||
96 | #endif |
|
93 | #endif | |
97 |
|
94 | |||
98 |
|
95 | |||
99 |
|
96 | |||
100 |
|
97 | |||
101 |
|
98 | |||
102 |
|
99 | |||
103 |
|
100 | |||
104 |
|
101 | |||
105 |
|
102 | |||
106 |
|
103 | |||
107 |
|
104 | |||
108 |
|
105 | |||
109 |
|
106 | |||
110 |
|
107 | |||
111 |
|
108 | |||
112 |
|
109 | |||
113 |
|
110 | |||
114 |
|
111 | |||
115 |
|
112 |
@@ -1,37 +1,36 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef GENERICTC_CONTROLER_H |
|
22 | #ifndef GENERICTC_CONTROLER_H | |
23 | #define GENERICTC_CONTROLER_H |
|
23 | #define GENERICTC_CONTROLER_H | |
24 |
|
24 | |||
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
25 | #include <uhandle.h> | |
26 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
27 | #include <fonts.h> |
|
26 | #include <fonts.h> | |
28 |
|
27 | |||
29 |
|
28 | |||
30 |
|
29 | |||
31 |
|
30 | |||
32 | #endif /*GENERICTC_CONTROLER_H*/ |
|
31 | #endif /*GENERICTC_CONTROLER_H*/ | |
33 |
|
32 | |||
34 |
|
33 | |||
35 |
|
34 | |||
36 |
|
35 | |||
37 |
|
36 |
@@ -1,72 +1,71 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef STREAMDEVICES_H |
|
22 | #ifndef STREAMDEVICES_H | |
23 | #define STREAMDEVICES_H |
|
23 | #define STREAMDEVICES_H | |
24 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
24 | #include <uhandle.h> | |
25 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
|||
26 |
|
25 | |||
27 | typedef struct streamdevice* streamdeviceptr; |
|
26 | typedef struct streamdevice* streamdeviceptr; | |
28 | struct streamdevice_ops; |
|
27 | struct streamdevice_ops; | |
29 |
|
28 | |||
30 | typedef volatile struct streamdevice |
|
29 | typedef volatile struct streamdevice | |
31 | { |
|
30 | { | |
32 | struct streamdevice_ops* ops; |
|
31 | struct streamdevice_ops* ops; | |
33 | volatile uint32_t streamPt; |
|
32 | volatile uint32_t streamPt; | |
34 | volatile UHANDLE _stream; |
|
33 | volatile UHANDLE _stream; | |
35 | volatile uint32_t mode; |
|
34 | volatile uint32_t mode; | |
36 | }streamdevice; |
|
35 | }streamdevice; | |
37 |
|
36 | |||
38 |
|
37 | |||
39 | typedef struct streamdevice_ops |
|
38 | typedef struct streamdevice_ops | |
40 | { |
|
39 | { | |
41 | int (*write)(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); |
|
40 | int (*write)(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); | |
42 | int (*read)(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); |
|
41 | int (*read)(streamdevice* device,void* data,int size, int n); | |
43 | int (*setpos)(streamdevice* device,int pos); |
|
42 | int (*setpos)(streamdevice* device,int pos); | |
44 | int (*close)(streamdevice* device); |
|
43 | int (*close)(streamdevice* device); | |
45 | }streamdevice_ops; |
|
44 | }streamdevice_ops; | |
46 |
|
45 | |||
47 |
|
46 | |||
48 |
|
47 | |||
49 | typedef int (*write_t)(streamdeviceptr device,void* data,int size, int n); |
|
48 | typedef int (*write_t)(streamdeviceptr device,void* data,int size, int n); | |
50 | typedef int (*read_t)(streamdeviceptr device,void* data,int size, int n); |
|
49 | typedef int (*read_t)(streamdeviceptr device,void* data,int size, int n); | |
51 | typedef int (*setpos_t)(streamdeviceptr device,int pos); |
|
50 | typedef int (*setpos_t)(streamdeviceptr device,int pos); | |
52 | typedef int (*close_t)(streamdeviceptr device); |
|
51 | typedef int (*close_t)(streamdeviceptr device); | |
53 |
|
52 | |||
54 |
|
53 | |||
55 |
|
54 | |||
56 |
|
55 | |||
57 | #endif |
|
56 | #endif | |
58 |
|
57 | |||
59 |
|
58 | |||
60 |
|
59 | |||
61 |
|
60 | |||
62 |
|
61 | |||
63 |
|
62 | |||
64 |
|
63 | |||
65 |
|
64 | |||
66 |
|
65 | |||
67 |
|
66 | |||
68 |
|
67 | |||
69 |
|
68 | |||
70 |
|
69 | |||
71 |
|
70 | |||
72 |
|
71 |
@@ -1,75 +1,73 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef THREAD_H |
|
22 | #ifndef THREAD_H | |
23 | #define THREAD_H |
|
23 | #define THREAD_H | |
24 | #include <stdint.h> |
|
24 | #include <stdint.h> | |
25 | #include <uhandle.h> |
|
|||
26 | #include <streamdevices.h> |
|
|||
27 |
|
25 | |||
28 | #ifdef __cplusplus |
|
26 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |
29 | extern "C" { |
|
27 | extern "C" { | |
30 | #endif |
|
28 | #endif | |
31 |
|
29 | |||
32 | /* |
|
30 | /* | |
33 | This structure holds the thread context. To do so, you need to keep a track of the programm counter, |
|
31 | This structure holds the thread context. To do so, you need to keep a track of the programm counter, | |
34 | to change the stack pointer for each thread and to save all registers needing to be saved. Since the |
|
32 | to change the stack pointer for each thread and to save all registers needing to be saved. Since the | |
35 | number of regiter to be saved vary from one processor to an other, it's easier to save them in the |
|
33 | number of regiter to be saved vary from one processor to an other, it's easier to save them in the | |
36 | owner thread stack; |
|
34 | owner thread stack; | |
37 | */ |
|
35 | */ | |
38 | typedef struct thread_t |
|
36 | typedef struct thread_t | |
39 | { |
|
37 | { | |
40 | int (*func)(void*); |
|
38 | int (*func)(void*); | |
41 | void* __stack__; |
|
39 | void* __stack__; | |
42 | int stackSize; |
|
40 | int stackSize; | |
43 | int priority; |
|
41 | int priority; | |
44 | struct thread_t* prev; |
|
42 | struct thread_t* prev; | |
45 | struct thread_t* next; |
|
43 | struct thread_t* next; | |
46 | }thread_t; |
|
44 | }thread_t; | |
47 |
|
45 | |||
48 |
|
46 | |||
49 | extern int threadcreate(thread_t* thread,void* stack,int stackSize,int (*func)(void*)); |
|
47 | extern int threadcreate(thread_t* thread,void* stack,int stackSize,int (*func)(void*)); | |
50 | extern int threadstart(thread_t* thread); |
|
48 | extern int threadstart(thread_t* thread); | |
51 | extern int threadstop(thread_t* thread); |
|
49 | extern int threadstop(thread_t* thread); | |
52 |
|
50 | |||
53 | #ifdef __THREAD_PRIVATE__ |
|
51 | #ifdef __THREAD_PRIVATE__ | |
54 | extern void __cpusavecontext(void* dataspace); |
|
52 | extern void __cpusavecontext(void* dataspace); | |
55 | extern void __cpurestorecontext(void* dataspace); |
|
53 | extern void __cpurestorecontext(void* dataspace); | |
56 | extern void __initThreading(); |
|
54 | extern void __initThreading(); | |
57 | extern thread_t mainThread; |
|
55 | extern thread_t mainThread; | |
58 | #endif |
|
56 | #endif | |
59 |
|
57 | |||
60 | #ifdef __cplusplus |
|
58 | #ifdef __cplusplus | |
61 | } |
|
59 | } | |
62 | #endif |
|
60 | #endif | |
63 | #endif //THREAD_H |
|
61 | #endif //THREAD_H | |
64 |
|
62 | |||
65 |
|
63 | |||
66 |
|
64 | |||
67 |
|
65 | |||
68 |
|
66 | |||
69 |
|
67 | |||
70 |
|
68 | |||
71 |
|
69 | |||
72 |
|
70 | |||
73 |
|
71 | |||
74 |
|
72 | |||
75 |
|
73 |
@@ -1,29 +1,29 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2012, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@gmail.com | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 | #ifndef UHANDLE_H |
|
22 | #ifndef UHANDLE_H | |
23 | #define UHANDLE_H |
|
23 | #define UHANDLE_H | |
24 |
|
24 | #include <stdint.h> | ||
25 | typedef volatile void* UHANDLE; |
|
25 | typedef volatile void* UHANDLE; | |
26 |
|
26 | |||
27 | #define uhandlevalide(HANDLE) ((HANDLE)!=0) |
|
27 | #define uhandlevalide(HANDLE) ((HANDLE)!=0) | |
28 |
|
28 | |||
29 | #endif |
|
29 | #endif |
@@ -1,87 +1,94 | |||||
1 | # |
|
1 | # | |
2 | # Libuc2 common rules |
|
2 | # Libuc2 common rules | |
3 | # |
|
3 | # | |
4 | # |
|
4 | # | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | defineTest(copyFiles) { |
|
6 | defineTest(copyFiles) { | |
7 | files = $$1 |
|
7 | files = $$1 | |
8 | DDIR = $$2 |
|
8 | DDIR = $$2 | |
9 | win32:DDIR ~= s,/,\\,g |
|
9 | win32:DDIR ~= s,/,\\,g | |
10 | QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_MKDIR $$quote($$DDIR) $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) |
|
10 | QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_MKDIR $$quote($$DDIR) $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) | |
11 | for(FILE, files) { |
|
11 | for(FILE, files) { | |
12 | message(copying file $$FILE) |
|
12 | message(copying file $$FILE) | |
13 | # Replace slashes in paths with backslashes for Windows |
|
13 | # Replace slashes in paths with backslashes for Windows | |
14 | win32:FILE ~= s,/,\\,g |
|
14 | win32:FILE ~= s,/,\\,g | |
15 | QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_COPY $$quote($$FILE) $$quote($$DDIR) $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) |
|
15 | QMAKE_POST_LINK += $$QMAKE_COPY $$quote($$FILE) $$quote($$DDIR) $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) | |
16 | } |
|
16 | } | |
17 | export(QMAKE_POST_LINK) |
|
17 | export(QMAKE_POST_LINK) | |
18 | } |
|
18 | } | |
19 |
|
19 | |||
20 | INCLUDEPATH += $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS] \ |
|
20 | INCLUDEPATH += $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS] \ | |
|
21 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/FS \ | |||
|
22 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/EEPROMS \ | |||
|
23 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/AUDIO \ | |||
|
24 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/POWER \ | |||
|
25 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/PERIPHERALS \ | |||
|
26 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/FLASH \ | |||
|
27 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/ADC \ | |||
21 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/CONTROLERS \ |
|
28 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/CONTROLERS \ | |
22 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/TC_CONTROLERS \ |
|
29 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/TC_CONTROLERS \ | |
23 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/GUI/FONTS \ |
|
30 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/GUI/FONTS \ | |
24 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/GUI/Widgets |
|
31 | $$[QT_INSTALL_HEADERS]/GRAPHIC/GUI/Widgets | |
25 |
|
32 | |||
26 | # |
|
33 | # | |
27 | # Microcontroler switch |
|
34 | # Microcontroler switch | |
28 | # |
|
35 | # | |
29 | # |
|
36 | # | |
30 | contains( TEMPLATE, app ) { |
|
37 | contains( TEMPLATE, app ) { | |
31 | !isEmpty( BSP ) { |
|
38 | !isEmpty( BSP ) { | |
32 | include(./boards/$$BSP/bsp.pri) |
|
39 | include(./boards/$$BSP/bsp.pri) | |
33 | } |
|
40 | } | |
34 | INCLUDEPATH+= $$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/bsp/src/$$BSP |
|
41 | INCLUDEPATH+= $$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/bsp/src/$$BSP | |
35 | CONFIG += link_prl |
|
42 | CONFIG += link_prl | |
36 | OBJECTS_DIR=obj-$$UCMODEL |
|
43 | OBJECTS_DIR=obj-$$UCMODEL | |
37 | DESTDIR=bin-$$UCMODEL |
|
44 | DESTDIR=bin-$$UCMODEL | |
38 | } |
|
45 | } | |
39 |
|
46 | |||
40 | !isEmpty( UCMODEL ) { |
|
47 | !isEmpty( UCMODEL ) { | |
41 | include(./$$UCMODEL/cpu.pri) |
|
48 | include(./$$UCMODEL/cpu.pri) | |
42 | include(./$$UCMODEL/qmake.conf) |
|
49 | include(./$$UCMODEL/qmake.conf) | |
43 | } |
|
50 | } | |
44 |
|
51 | |||
45 | !isEmpty(FILESTOCOPY.files) { |
|
52 | !isEmpty(FILESTOCOPY.files) { | |
46 | copyFiles($$FILESTOCOPY.files,$$FILESTOCOPY.path) |
|
53 | copyFiles($$FILESTOCOPY.files,$$FILESTOCOPY.path) | |
47 | } |
|
54 | } | |
48 |
|
55 | |||
49 | contains( TEMPLATE, lib ) { |
|
56 | contains( TEMPLATE, lib ) { | |
50 |
|
57 | |||
51 | CONFIG+=staticlib |
|
58 | CONFIG+=staticlib | |
52 | OBJECTS_DIR=obj-$$UCMODEL |
|
59 | OBJECTS_DIR=obj-$$UCMODEL | |
53 |
|
60 | |||
54 | contains( CONFIG, libuc2lib) { |
|
61 | contains( CONFIG, libuc2lib) { | |
55 | CONFIG += create_prl |
|
62 | CONFIG += create_prl | |
56 | DESTDIR=$$[QT_INSTALL_LIBS]/$$UCMODEL |
|
63 | DESTDIR=$$[QT_INSTALL_LIBS]/$$UCMODEL | |
57 | }else{ |
|
64 | }else{ | |
58 | contains( CONFIG, bsp) { |
|
65 | contains( CONFIG, bsp) { | |
59 | DESTDIR=$$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/bsp/lib/$$BSP |
|
66 | DESTDIR=$$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/bsp/lib/$$BSP | |
60 | CONFIG += create_prl |
|
67 | CONFIG += create_prl | |
61 | !isEmpty( BSPFILE ) { |
|
68 | !isEmpty( BSPFILE ) { | |
62 | #bspFileCopy.target = bspFileCopy |
|
69 | #bspFileCopy.target = bspFileCopy | |
63 | #bspFileCopy.commands = echo hello |
|
70 | #bspFileCopy.commands = echo hello | |
64 | #QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += bspFileCopy |
|
71 | #QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += bspFileCopy | |
65 | #target.depend += bspFileCopy |
|
72 | #target.depend += bspFileCopy | |
66 | #PRE_TARGETDEPS += bspFileCopy |
|
73 | #PRE_TARGETDEPS += bspFileCopy | |
67 | copyFiles($$BSPFILE,$$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/mkspecs/features/boards/$$BSP) |
|
74 | copyFiles($$BSPFILE,$$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/mkspecs/features/boards/$$BSP) | |
68 | } |
|
75 | } | |
69 | }else{ |
|
76 | }else{ | |
70 | DESTDIR=bin-$$UCMODEL |
|
77 | DESTDIR=bin-$$UCMODEL | |
71 | } |
|
78 | } | |
72 | } |
|
79 | } | |
73 | } |
|
80 | } | |
74 |
|
81 | |||
75 |
|
82 | |||
76 |
|
83 | |||
77 |
|
84 | |||
78 |
|
85 | |||
79 |
|
86 | |||
80 |
|
87 | |||
81 |
|
88 | |||
82 |
|
89 | |||
83 |
|
90 | |||
84 |
|
91 | |||
85 |
|
92 | |||
86 |
|
93 | |||
87 |
|
94 |
@@ -1,9 +1,12 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 | TARGET = vs10XX |
|
3 | TARGET = vs10XX | |
4 |
|
4 | |||
5 | SOURCES += VS10XX.c |
|
5 | SOURCES += VS10XX.c | |
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | UCMODEL=simulator |
|
7 | UCMODEL=simulator | |
8 |
|
8 | |||
|
9 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
10 | ../../../../include/AUDIO/VS10XX.h | |||
9 |
|
11 | |||
|
12 |
@@ -1,9 +1,13 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 | TARGET = vs10XX |
|
3 | TARGET = vs10XX | |
4 |
|
4 | |||
5 | SOURCES += VS10XX.c |
|
5 | SOURCES += VS10XX.c | |
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 |
|
7 | |||
8 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
8 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
9 |
|
9 | |||
|
10 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
11 | ../../../../include/AUDIO/VS10XX.h | |||
|
12 | ||||
|
13 |
@@ -1,8 +1,11 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 | TARGET = ina226 |
|
3 | TARGET = ina226 | |
4 |
|
4 | |||
5 | SOURCES += ina226.c |
|
5 | SOURCES += ina226.c | |
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | UCMODEL=simulator |
|
7 | UCMODEL=simulator | |
8 |
|
8 | |||
|
9 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
10 | ../../../../include/POWER/ina226.h | |||
|
11 |
@@ -1,8 +1,11 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 | TARGET = ina226 |
|
3 | TARGET = ina226 | |
4 |
|
4 | |||
5 | SOURCES += ina226.c |
|
5 | SOURCES += ina226.c | |
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
7 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
8 |
|
8 | |||
|
9 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
10 | ../../../../include/POWER/ina226.h | |||
|
11 |
@@ -1,333 +1,333 | |||||
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
|
1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | |
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library |
|
2 | -- This file is a part of the libuc, microcontroler library | |
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet |
|
3 | -- Copyright (C) 2013, Alexis Jeandet | |
4 | -- |
|
4 | -- | |
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
5 | -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
6 | -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
7 | -- the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. |
|
8 | -- (at your option) any later version. | |
9 | -- |
|
9 | -- | |
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
10 | -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
11 | -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
12 | -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
13 | -- GNU General Public License for more details. | |
14 | -- |
|
14 | -- | |
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
15 | -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
16 | -- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
|
17 | -- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA | |
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
|
18 | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet |
|
19 | -- Author : Alexis Jeandet | |
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org |
|
20 | -- Mail : alexis.jeandet@member.fsf.org | |
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
|
21 | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ | |
22 |
|
22 | |||
23 | #include <SDL.h> |
|
23 | #include <SDL.h> | |
24 | #include <malloc.h> |
|
24 | #include <malloc.h> | |
25 |
#include |
|
25 | #include <SDLCD.h> | |
26 |
|
26 | |||
27 | SDL_Surface *screen; |
|
27 | SDL_Surface *screen; | |
28 | SDL_Overlay *bmp; |
|
28 | SDL_Overlay *bmp; | |
29 |
|
29 | |||
30 | int SDLCD_Xpos=0; |
|
30 | int SDLCD_Xpos=0; | |
31 | int SDLCD_Ypos=0; |
|
31 | int SDLCD_Ypos=0; | |
32 | int SDLCD_XWinStrt=0; |
|
32 | int SDLCD_XWinStrt=0; | |
33 | int SDLCD_YWinStrt=0; |
|
33 | int SDLCD_YWinStrt=0; | |
34 | int SDLCD_XWinEnd=0; |
|
34 | int SDLCD_XWinEnd=0; | |
35 | int SDLCD_YWinEnd=0; |
|
35 | int SDLCD_YWinEnd=0; | |
36 |
|
36 | |||
37 | void* SDLCD_buffer; |
|
37 | void* SDLCD_buffer; | |
38 | int SDLCD_bpp; |
|
38 | int SDLCD_bpp; | |
39 | void SDLCD_putpixel(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y, Uint32 pixel); |
|
39 | void SDLCD_putpixel(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y, Uint32 pixel); | |
40 |
|
40 | |||
41 | static Uint32 sdl_refresh_timer(Uint32 interval, void *opaque) { |
|
41 | static Uint32 sdl_refresh_timer(Uint32 interval, void *opaque) { | |
42 |
|
42 | |||
43 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
43 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
44 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { |
|
44 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { | |
45 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); |
|
45 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); | |
46 | return interval; |
|
46 | return interval; | |
47 | } |
|
47 | } | |
48 | } |
|
48 | } | |
49 | //SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, screen->w, screen->h); |
|
49 | //SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, screen->w, screen->h); | |
50 | SDL_Flip(screen); |
|
50 | SDL_Flip(screen); | |
51 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
51 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
52 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); |
|
52 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); | |
53 | } |
|
53 | } | |
54 | return interval; /* 0 means stop timer */ |
|
54 | return interval; /* 0 means stop timer */ | |
55 | } |
|
55 | } | |
56 |
|
56 | |||
57 | void SDLCD_mkscreen(int resx,int resy,int bpp,int lcdtype) |
|
57 | void SDLCD_mkscreen(int resx,int resy,int bpp,int lcdtype) | |
58 | { |
|
58 | { | |
59 | int i=0; |
|
59 | int i=0; | |
60 | if(SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_TIMER)) { |
|
60 | if(SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_TIMER)) { | |
61 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not initialize SDL - %s\n", SDL_GetError()); |
|
61 | fprintf(stderr, "Could not initialize SDL - %s\n", SDL_GetError()); | |
62 | exit(1); |
|
62 | exit(1); | |
63 | } |
|
63 | } | |
64 | screen = SDL_SetVideoMode(resx, resy, bpp, SDL_DOUBLEBUF); |
|
64 | screen = SDL_SetVideoMode(resx, resy, bpp, SDL_DOUBLEBUF); | |
65 | if(!screen) { |
|
65 | if(!screen) { | |
66 | fprintf(stderr, "SDL: could not set video mode - exiting\n"); |
|
66 | fprintf(stderr, "SDL: could not set video mode - exiting\n"); | |
67 | exit(1); |
|
67 | exit(1); | |
68 | } |
|
68 | } | |
69 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
69 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
70 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { |
|
70 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { | |
71 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); |
|
71 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); | |
72 | return; |
|
72 | return; | |
73 | } |
|
73 | } | |
74 | } |
|
74 | } | |
75 | SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, resx, resy); |
|
75 | SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, resx, resy); | |
76 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
76 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
77 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); |
|
77 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); | |
78 | } |
|
78 | } | |
79 | SDLCD_buffer = malloc(resx*resy*bpp/8); |
|
79 | SDLCD_buffer = malloc(resx*resy*bpp/8); | |
80 | SDLCD_bpp = bpp; |
|
80 | SDLCD_bpp = bpp; | |
81 | for(i=0;i<(resx*resy);i++) |
|
81 | for(i=0;i<(resx*resy);i++) | |
82 | { |
|
82 | { | |
83 | SDLCD_putpixel(screen, i%resx, (i/resx), 0xFFFF); |
|
83 | SDLCD_putpixel(screen, i%resx, (i/resx), 0xFFFF); | |
84 | } |
|
84 | } | |
85 | SDL_AddTimer(10, sdl_refresh_timer, NULL); |
|
85 | SDL_AddTimer(10, sdl_refresh_timer, NULL); | |
86 | } |
|
86 | } | |
87 |
|
87 | |||
88 |
|
88 | |||
89 |
|
89 | |||
90 | int SDLCD_init() |
|
90 | int SDLCD_init() | |
91 | { |
|
91 | { | |
92 |
|
92 | |||
93 | } |
|
93 | } | |
94 |
|
94 | |||
95 | void SDLCD_writereg(uint32_t reg,uint32_t data) |
|
95 | void SDLCD_writereg(uint32_t reg,uint32_t data) | |
96 | { |
|
96 | { | |
97 | switch (reg) { |
|
97 | switch (reg) { | |
98 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALGRAMADDRESSSET: |
|
98 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALGRAMADDRESSSET: | |
99 | if((data>=screen->w) || (data<0)) |
|
99 | if((data>=screen->w) || (data<0)) | |
100 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds HORIZONTALGRAMADDRESSSET=%d",data); |
|
100 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds HORIZONTALGRAMADDRESSSET=%d",data); | |
101 | SDLCD_Xpos = data; |
|
101 | SDLCD_Xpos = data; | |
102 | break; |
|
102 | break; | |
103 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALGRAMADDRESSSET: |
|
103 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALGRAMADDRESSSET: | |
104 | if((data>=screen->h) || (data<0)) |
|
104 | if((data>=screen->h) || (data<0)) | |
105 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALGRAMADDRESSSET=%d",data); |
|
105 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALGRAMADDRESSSET=%d",data); | |
106 | SDLCD_Ypos = data; |
|
106 | SDLCD_Ypos = data; | |
107 | break; |
|
107 | break; | |
108 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION: |
|
108 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION: | |
109 | if((data>=screen->w) || (data<0)) |
|
109 | if((data>=screen->w) || (data<0)) | |
110 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION=%d",data); |
|
110 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION=%d",data); | |
111 | SDLCD_XWinStrt = data; |
|
111 | SDLCD_XWinStrt = data; | |
112 | break; |
|
112 | break; | |
113 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSENDPOSITION: |
|
113 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSENDPOSITION: | |
114 | if((data>=screen->w) || (data<0)) |
|
114 | if((data>=screen->w) || (data<0)) | |
115 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSENDPOSITION=%d",data); |
|
115 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_HORIZONTALADDRESSENDPOSITION=%d",data); | |
116 | SDLCD_XWinEnd = data; |
|
116 | SDLCD_XWinEnd = data; | |
117 | break; |
|
117 | break; | |
118 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION: |
|
118 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION: | |
119 | if((data>=screen->h) || (data<0)) |
|
119 | if((data>=screen->h) || (data<0)) | |
120 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION=%d",data); |
|
120 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSSTARTPOSITION=%d",data); | |
121 | SDLCD_YWinStrt = data; |
|
121 | SDLCD_YWinStrt = data; | |
122 | break; |
|
122 | break; | |
123 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSENDPOSITION: |
|
123 | case ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSENDPOSITION: | |
124 | if((data>=screen->h) || (data<0)) |
|
124 | if((data>=screen->h) || (data<0)) | |
125 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSENDPOSITION=%d",data); |
|
125 | printf("Warning printing out of bounds ILI9328_REGISTER_VERTICALADDRESSENDPOSITION=%d",data); | |
126 | SDLCD_YWinEnd = data; |
|
126 | SDLCD_YWinEnd = data; | |
127 | break; |
|
127 | break; | |
128 | default: |
|
128 | default: | |
129 | break; |
|
129 | break; | |
130 | } |
|
130 | } | |
131 | } |
|
131 | } | |
132 |
|
132 | |||
133 | uint32_t SDLCD_readreg(uint32_t reg) |
|
133 | uint32_t SDLCD_readreg(uint32_t reg) | |
134 | { |
|
134 | { | |
135 | return 0; |
|
135 | return 0; | |
136 | } |
|
136 | } | |
137 |
|
137 | |||
138 |
|
138 | |||
139 | void SDLCD_putpixel(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y, Uint32 pixel) |
|
139 | void SDLCD_putpixel(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y, Uint32 pixel) | |
140 | { |
|
140 | { | |
141 | int bpp = surface->format->BytesPerPixel; |
|
141 | int bpp = surface->format->BytesPerPixel; | |
142 | /* Here p is the address to the pixel we want to set */ |
|
142 | /* Here p is the address to the pixel we want to set */ | |
143 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * bpp; |
|
143 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * bpp; | |
144 | switch(bpp) { |
|
144 | switch(bpp) { | |
145 | case 1: |
|
145 | case 1: | |
146 | *p = pixel; |
|
146 | *p = pixel; | |
147 | break; |
|
147 | break; | |
148 | case 2: |
|
148 | case 2: | |
149 | *(Uint16 *)p = pixel; |
|
149 | *(Uint16 *)p = pixel; | |
150 | break; |
|
150 | break; | |
151 | case 3: |
|
151 | case 3: | |
152 | if(SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN) { |
|
152 | if(SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN) { | |
153 | p[0] = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff; |
|
153 | p[0] = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff; | |
154 | p[1] = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff; |
|
154 | p[1] = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff; | |
155 | p[2] = pixel & 0xff; |
|
155 | p[2] = pixel & 0xff; | |
156 | } else { |
|
156 | } else { | |
157 | p[0] = pixel & 0xff; |
|
157 | p[0] = pixel & 0xff; | |
158 | p[1] = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff; |
|
158 | p[1] = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff; | |
159 | p[2] = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff; |
|
159 | p[2] = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff; | |
160 | } |
|
160 | } | |
161 | break; |
|
161 | break; | |
162 | case 4: |
|
162 | case 4: | |
163 | *(Uint32 *)p = pixel; |
|
163 | *(Uint32 *)p = pixel; | |
164 | break; |
|
164 | break; | |
165 | } |
|
165 | } | |
166 | } |
|
166 | } | |
167 |
|
167 | |||
168 | void SDLCD_putpixel_16bpp(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y, Uint32 pixel) |
|
168 | void SDLCD_putpixel_16bpp(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y, Uint32 pixel) | |
169 | { |
|
169 | { | |
170 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * surface->format->BytesPerPixel; |
|
170 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * surface->format->BytesPerPixel; | |
171 | *(Uint16 *)p = pixel; |
|
171 | *(Uint16 *)p = pixel; | |
172 | } |
|
172 | } | |
173 |
|
173 | |||
174 | Uint32 SDLCD_getpixel_16bpp(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y) |
|
174 | Uint32 SDLCD_getpixel_16bpp(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y) | |
175 | { |
|
175 | { | |
176 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * surface->format->BytesPerPixel; |
|
176 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * surface->format->BytesPerPixel; | |
177 | return *(Uint16 *)p; |
|
177 | return *(Uint16 *)p; | |
178 | } |
|
178 | } | |
179 |
|
179 | |||
180 | Uint32 SDLCD_getpixel(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y) |
|
180 | Uint32 SDLCD_getpixel(SDL_Surface *surface, int x, int y) | |
181 | { |
|
181 | { | |
182 | int bpp = surface->format->BytesPerPixel; |
|
182 | int bpp = surface->format->BytesPerPixel; | |
183 | /* Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve */ |
|
183 | /* Here p is the address to the pixel we want to retrieve */ | |
184 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * bpp; |
|
184 | Uint8 *p = (Uint8 *)surface->pixels + y * surface->pitch + x * bpp; | |
185 | switch(bpp) { |
|
185 | switch(bpp) { | |
186 | case 1: |
|
186 | case 1: | |
187 | return *p; |
|
187 | return *p; | |
188 | case 2: |
|
188 | case 2: | |
189 | return *(Uint16 *)p; |
|
189 | return *(Uint16 *)p; | |
190 | case 3: |
|
190 | case 3: | |
191 | if(SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN) |
|
191 | if(SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
192 | return p[0] << 16 | p[1] << 8 | p[2]; |
|
192 | return p[0] << 16 | p[1] << 8 | p[2]; | |
193 | else |
|
193 | else | |
194 | return p[0] | p[1] << 8 | p[2] << 16; |
|
194 | return p[0] | p[1] << 8 | p[2] << 16; | |
195 | case 4: |
|
195 | case 4: | |
196 | return *(Uint32 *)p; |
|
196 | return *(Uint32 *)p; | |
197 | default: |
|
197 | default: | |
198 | return 0; |
|
198 | return 0; | |
199 | } |
|
199 | } | |
200 | /* shouldn’t happen, but avoids warnings */ |
|
200 | /* shouldn’t happen, but avoids warnings */ | |
201 | } |
|
201 | } | |
202 |
|
202 | |||
203 | void SDLCD_writeGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count) |
|
203 | void SDLCD_writeGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count) | |
204 | { |
|
204 | { | |
205 | int i=0; |
|
205 | int i=0; | |
206 | u_int16_t* ptr=(u_int16_t*)SDLCD_buffer; |
|
206 | u_int16_t* ptr=(u_int16_t*)SDLCD_buffer; | |
207 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; |
|
207 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; | |
208 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
208 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
209 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { |
|
209 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { | |
210 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); |
|
210 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); | |
211 | return; |
|
211 | return; | |
212 | } |
|
212 | } | |
213 | } |
|
213 | } | |
214 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) |
|
214 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) | |
215 | { |
|
215 | { | |
216 | SDLCD_putpixel_16bpp(screen,SDLCD_Xpos,SDLCD_Ypos,inptr[i]); |
|
216 | SDLCD_putpixel_16bpp(screen,SDLCD_Xpos,SDLCD_Ypos,inptr[i]); | |
217 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; |
|
217 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; | |
218 | ptr[i]=inptr[i]; |
|
218 | ptr[i]=inptr[i]; | |
219 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) |
|
219 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) | |
220 | { |
|
220 | { | |
221 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; |
|
221 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; | |
222 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; |
|
222 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; | |
223 | } |
|
223 | } | |
224 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) |
|
224 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) | |
225 | { |
|
225 | { | |
226 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; |
|
226 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; | |
227 | } |
|
227 | } | |
228 | } |
|
228 | } | |
229 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
229 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
230 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); |
|
230 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); | |
231 | } |
|
231 | } | |
232 | // SDL_UpdateRect(screen, SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinStrt, SDLCD_XWinEnd-SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinEnd-SDLCD_YWinStrt); |
|
232 | // SDL_UpdateRect(screen, SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinStrt, SDLCD_XWinEnd-SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinEnd-SDLCD_YWinStrt); | |
233 | //SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, screen->w, screen->h); |
|
233 | //SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, screen->w, screen->h); | |
234 | } |
|
234 | } | |
235 |
|
235 | |||
236 | void SDLCD_writeGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count) |
|
236 | void SDLCD_writeGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count) | |
237 | { |
|
237 | { | |
238 | int i=0; |
|
238 | int i=0; | |
239 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; |
|
239 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; | |
240 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
240 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
241 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { |
|
241 | if ( SDL_LockSurface(screen) < 0 ) { | |
242 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); |
|
242 | fprintf(stderr, "Can’t lock screen: %s\n", SDL_GetError()); | |
243 | return; |
|
243 | return; | |
244 | } |
|
244 | } | |
245 | } |
|
245 | } | |
246 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) |
|
246 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) | |
247 | { |
|
247 | { | |
248 | *(( Uint16 * ) screen->pixels + SDLCD_Ypos * screen->pitch / 2 + SDLCD_Xpos)=inptr[i]; |
|
248 | *(( Uint16 * ) screen->pixels + SDLCD_Ypos * screen->pitch / 2 + SDLCD_Xpos)=inptr[i]; | |
249 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; |
|
249 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; | |
250 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) |
|
250 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) | |
251 | { |
|
251 | { | |
252 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; |
|
252 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; | |
253 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; |
|
253 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; | |
254 | } |
|
254 | } | |
255 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) |
|
255 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) | |
256 | { |
|
256 | { | |
257 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; |
|
257 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; | |
258 | } |
|
258 | } | |
259 | } |
|
259 | } | |
260 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { |
|
260 | if ( SDL_MUSTLOCK(screen) ) { | |
261 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); |
|
261 | SDL_UnlockSurface(screen); | |
262 | } |
|
262 | } | |
263 | // SDL_UpdateRect(screen, SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinStrt, SDLCD_XWinEnd-SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinEnd-SDLCD_YWinStrt); |
|
263 | // SDL_UpdateRect(screen, SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinStrt, SDLCD_XWinEnd-SDLCD_XWinStrt, SDLCD_YWinEnd-SDLCD_YWinStrt); | |
264 | //SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, screen->w, screen->h); |
|
264 | //SDL_UpdateRect(screen, 0, 0, screen->w, screen->h); | |
265 | } |
|
265 | } | |
266 |
|
266 | |||
267 | void SDLCD_readGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count) |
|
267 | void SDLCD_readGRAM_16bpp(void* buffer,uint32_t count) | |
268 | { |
|
268 | { | |
269 | int i=0; |
|
269 | int i=0; | |
270 | u_int16_t* ptr=(u_int16_t*)SDLCD_buffer; |
|
270 | u_int16_t* ptr=(u_int16_t*)SDLCD_buffer; | |
271 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; |
|
271 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; | |
272 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) |
|
272 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) | |
273 | { |
|
273 | { | |
274 | inptr[i]=*(( Uint16 * ) screen->pixels + SDLCD_Ypos * screen->pitch / 2 + SDLCD_Xpos); |
|
274 | inptr[i]=*(( Uint16 * ) screen->pixels + SDLCD_Ypos * screen->pitch / 2 + SDLCD_Xpos); | |
275 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; |
|
275 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; | |
276 | ptr[i]=inptr[i]; |
|
276 | ptr[i]=inptr[i]; | |
277 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) |
|
277 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) | |
278 | { |
|
278 | { | |
279 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; |
|
279 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; | |
280 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; |
|
280 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; | |
281 | } |
|
281 | } | |
282 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) |
|
282 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) | |
283 | { |
|
283 | { | |
284 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; |
|
284 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; | |
285 | } |
|
285 | } | |
286 | } |
|
286 | } | |
287 |
|
287 | |||
288 | } |
|
288 | } | |
289 |
|
289 | |||
290 | void SDLCD_readGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count) |
|
290 | void SDLCD_readGRAM(void* buffer,uint32_t count) | |
291 | { |
|
291 | { | |
292 | int i=0; |
|
292 | int i=0; | |
293 | u_int16_t* ptr=(u_int16_t*)SDLCD_buffer; |
|
293 | u_int16_t* ptr=(u_int16_t*)SDLCD_buffer; | |
294 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; |
|
294 | u_int16_t* inptr=(u_int16_t*)buffer; | |
295 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) |
|
295 | for(i=0;i<count;i++) | |
296 | { |
|
296 | { | |
297 | inptr[i]=SDLCD_getpixel_16bpp(screen,SDLCD_Xpos,SDLCD_Ypos); |
|
297 | inptr[i]=SDLCD_getpixel_16bpp(screen,SDLCD_Xpos,SDLCD_Ypos); | |
298 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; |
|
298 | SDLCD_Xpos+=1; | |
299 | ptr[i]=inptr[i]; |
|
299 | ptr[i]=inptr[i]; | |
300 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) |
|
300 | if(SDLCD_Xpos>=SDLCD_XWinEnd) | |
301 | { |
|
301 | { | |
302 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; |
|
302 | SDLCD_Xpos=SDLCD_XWinStrt; | |
303 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; |
|
303 | SDLCD_Ypos+=1; | |
304 | } |
|
304 | } | |
305 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) |
|
305 | if(SDLCD_Ypos>=SDLCD_YWinEnd) | |
306 | { |
|
306 | { | |
307 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; |
|
307 | SDLCD_Ypos=SDLCD_YWinStrt; | |
308 | } |
|
308 | } | |
309 | } |
|
309 | } | |
310 |
|
310 | |||
311 | } |
|
311 | } | |
312 |
|
312 | |||
313 |
|
313 | |||
314 |
|
314 | |||
315 |
|
315 | |||
316 |
|
316 | |||
317 |
|
317 | |||
318 |
|
318 | |||
319 |
|
319 | |||
320 |
|
320 | |||
321 |
|
321 | |||
322 |
|
322 | |||
323 |
|
323 | |||
324 |
|
324 | |||
325 |
|
325 | |||
326 |
|
326 | |||
327 |
|
327 | |||
328 |
|
328 | |||
329 |
|
329 | |||
330 |
|
330 | |||
331 |
|
331 | |||
332 |
|
332 | |||
333 |
|
333 |
@@ -1,454 +1,454 | |||||
1 | #include <stdio.h> |
|
1 | #include <stdio.h> | |
2 | #include <stm32f4xx.h> |
|
2 | #include <stm32f4xx.h> | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | void NMI_Handler(void) |
|
4 | void NMI_Handler(void) | |
5 | { |
|
5 | { | |
6 | printf("NMI_Handler\n"); |
|
6 | printf("NMI_Handler\n"); | |
7 | } |
|
7 | } | |
8 |
|
8 | |||
9 | void HardFault_Handler(void) |
|
9 | void HardFault_Handler(void) | |
10 | { |
|
10 | { | |
11 | printf("HardFault_Handler\n"); |
|
11 | printf("HardFault_Handler\n"); | |
12 | } |
|
12 | } | |
13 |
|
13 | |||
14 | void MemManage_Handler(void) |
|
14 | void MemManage_Handler(void) | |
15 | { |
|
15 | { | |
16 | printf("MemManage_Handler\n"); |
|
16 | printf("MemManage_Handler\n"); | |
17 | } |
|
17 | } | |
18 |
|
18 | |||
19 | void BusFault_Handler(void) |
|
19 | void BusFault_Handler(void) | |
20 | { |
|
20 | { | |
21 | printf("BusFault_Handler\n"); |
|
21 | printf("BusFault_Handler\n"); | |
22 | } |
|
22 | } | |
23 |
|
23 | |||
24 | void UsageFault_Handler(void) |
|
24 | void UsageFault_Handler(void) | |
25 | { |
|
25 | { | |
26 | printf("UsageFault_Handler\n"); |
|
26 | printf("UsageFault_Handler\n"); | |
27 | } |
|
27 | } | |
28 |
|
28 | |||
29 | void SVC_Handler(void) |
|
29 | void SVC_Handler(void) | |
30 | { |
|
30 | { | |
31 | // __set_CONTROL(2); |
|
31 | // __set_CONTROL(2); | |
32 |
|
|
32 | printf("SVC_Handler\n"); | |
33 | } |
|
33 | } | |
34 |
|
34 | |||
35 | void DebugMon_Handler(void) |
|
35 | void DebugMon_Handler(void) | |
36 | { |
|
36 | { | |
37 | printf("DebugMon_Handler\n"); |
|
37 | printf("DebugMon_Handler\n"); | |
38 | } |
|
38 | } | |
39 |
|
39 | |||
40 | void PendSV_Handler(void) |
|
40 | void PendSV_Handler(void) | |
41 | { |
|
41 | { | |
42 | printf("PendSV_Handler\n"); |
|
42 | printf("PendSV_Handler\n"); | |
43 | } |
|
43 | } | |
44 |
|
44 | |||
45 | void WWDG_IRQHandler(void) |
|
45 | void WWDG_IRQHandler(void) | |
46 | { |
|
46 | { | |
47 | printf("WWDG_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
47 | printf("WWDG_IRQHandler\n"); | |
48 | } |
|
48 | } | |
49 |
|
49 | |||
50 | void PVD_IRQHandler(void) |
|
50 | void PVD_IRQHandler(void) | |
51 | { |
|
51 | { | |
52 | printf("PVD_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
52 | printf("PVD_IRQHandler\n"); | |
53 | } |
|
53 | } | |
54 |
|
54 | |||
55 | void TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler(void) |
|
55 | void TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler(void) | |
56 | { |
|
56 | { | |
57 | printf("TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
57 | printf("TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler\n"); | |
58 | } |
|
58 | } | |
59 |
|
59 | |||
60 | void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) |
|
60 | void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) | |
61 | { |
|
61 | { | |
62 | printf("RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
62 | printf("RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); | |
63 | } |
|
63 | } | |
64 |
|
64 | |||
65 | void FLASH_IRQHandler(void) |
|
65 | void FLASH_IRQHandler(void) | |
66 | { |
|
66 | { | |
67 | printf("FLASH_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
67 | printf("FLASH_IRQHandler\n"); | |
68 | } |
|
68 | } | |
69 |
|
69 | |||
70 | void RCC_IRQHandler(void) |
|
70 | void RCC_IRQHandler(void) | |
71 | { |
|
71 | { | |
72 | printf("RCC_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
72 | printf("RCC_IRQHandler\n"); | |
73 | } |
|
73 | } | |
74 |
|
74 | |||
75 | void EXTI0_IRQHandler(void) |
|
75 | void EXTI0_IRQHandler(void) | |
76 | { |
|
76 | { | |
77 | printf("EXTI0_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
77 | printf("EXTI0_IRQHandler\n"); | |
78 | } |
|
78 | } | |
79 |
|
79 | |||
80 | void EXTI1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
80 | void EXTI1_IRQHandler(void) | |
81 | { |
|
81 | { | |
82 | printf("EXTI1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
82 | printf("EXTI1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
83 | } |
|
83 | } | |
84 |
|
84 | |||
85 | void EXTI2_IRQHandler(void) |
|
85 | void EXTI2_IRQHandler(void) | |
86 | { |
|
86 | { | |
87 | printf("EXTI2_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
87 | printf("EXTI2_IRQHandler\n"); | |
88 | } |
|
88 | } | |
89 |
|
89 | |||
90 | void EXTI3_IRQHandler(void) |
|
90 | void EXTI3_IRQHandler(void) | |
91 | { |
|
91 | { | |
92 | printf("EXTI3_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
92 | printf("EXTI3_IRQHandler\n"); | |
93 | } |
|
93 | } | |
94 |
|
94 | |||
95 | void EXTI4_IRQHandler(void) |
|
95 | void EXTI4_IRQHandler(void) | |
96 | { |
|
96 | { | |
97 | printf("EXTI4_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
97 | printf("EXTI4_IRQHandler\n"); | |
98 | } |
|
98 | } | |
99 |
|
99 | |||
100 | void DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler(void) |
|
100 | void DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler(void) | |
101 | { |
|
101 | { | |
102 | printf("DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
102 | printf("DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler\n"); | |
103 | } |
|
103 | } | |
104 |
|
104 | |||
105 | void DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
105 | void DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler(void) | |
106 | { |
|
106 | { | |
107 | printf("DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
107 | printf("DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
108 | } |
|
108 | } | |
109 |
|
109 | |||
110 | void DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler(void) |
|
110 | void DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler(void) | |
111 | { |
|
111 | { | |
112 | printf("DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
112 | printf("DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler\n"); | |
113 | } |
|
113 | } | |
114 |
|
114 | |||
115 | void DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler(void) |
|
115 | void DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler(void) | |
116 | { |
|
116 | { | |
117 | printf("DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
117 | printf("DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler\n"); | |
118 | } |
|
118 | } | |
119 |
|
119 | |||
120 | void DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler(void) |
|
120 | void DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler(void) | |
121 | { |
|
121 | { | |
122 | printf("DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
122 | printf("DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler\n"); | |
123 | } |
|
123 | } | |
124 |
|
124 | |||
125 | void DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler(void) |
|
125 | void DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler(void) | |
126 | { |
|
126 | { | |
127 | printf("DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
127 | printf("DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler\n"); | |
128 | } |
|
128 | } | |
129 |
|
129 | |||
130 | void DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler(void) |
|
130 | void DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler(void) | |
131 | { |
|
131 | { | |
132 | printf("DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
132 | printf("DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler\n"); | |
133 | } |
|
133 | } | |
134 |
|
134 | |||
135 | void ADC_IRQHandler(void) |
|
135 | void ADC_IRQHandler(void) | |
136 | { |
|
136 | { | |
137 | printf("ADC_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
137 | printf("ADC_IRQHandler\n"); | |
138 | } |
|
138 | } | |
139 |
|
139 | |||
140 | void CAN1_TX_IRQHandler(void) |
|
140 | void CAN1_TX_IRQHandler(void) | |
141 | { |
|
141 | { | |
142 | printf("CAN1_TX_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
142 | printf("CAN1_TX_IRQHandler\n"); | |
143 | } |
|
143 | } | |
144 |
|
144 | |||
145 | void CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler(void) |
|
145 | void CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler(void) | |
146 | { |
|
146 | { | |
147 | printf("CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
147 | printf("CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler\n"); | |
148 | } |
|
148 | } | |
149 |
|
149 | |||
150 | void CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
150 | void CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler(void) | |
151 | { |
|
151 | { | |
152 | printf("CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
152 | printf("CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
153 | } |
|
153 | } | |
154 |
|
154 | |||
155 | void CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler(void) |
|
155 | void CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler(void) | |
156 | { |
|
156 | { | |
157 | printf("CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
157 | printf("CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler\n"); | |
158 | } |
|
158 | } | |
159 |
|
159 | |||
160 | void EXTI9_5_IRQHandler(void) |
|
160 | void EXTI9_5_IRQHandler(void) | |
161 | { |
|
161 | { | |
162 | printf("EXTI9_5_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
162 | printf("EXTI9_5_IRQHandler\n"); | |
163 | } |
|
163 | } | |
164 |
|
164 | |||
165 | void TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler(void) |
|
165 | void TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler(void) | |
166 | { |
|
166 | { | |
167 | printf("TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
167 | printf("TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler\n"); | |
168 | } |
|
168 | } | |
169 |
|
169 | |||
170 | void TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler(void) |
|
170 | void TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler(void) | |
171 | { |
|
171 | { | |
172 | printf("TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
172 | printf("TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler\n"); | |
173 | } |
|
173 | } | |
174 |
|
174 | |||
175 | void TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandlerIM11(void) |
|
175 | void TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandlerIM11(void) | |
176 | { |
|
176 | { | |
177 | printf("TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandlerIM11"); |
|
177 | printf("TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandlerIM11"); | |
178 | } |
|
178 | } | |
179 |
|
179 | |||
180 | void TIM1_CC_IRQHandler(void) |
|
180 | void TIM1_CC_IRQHandler(void) | |
181 | { |
|
181 | { | |
182 | printf("TIM1_CC_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
182 | printf("TIM1_CC_IRQHandler\n"); | |
183 | } |
|
183 | } | |
184 |
|
184 | |||
185 | void TIM2_IRQHandler(void) |
|
185 | void TIM2_IRQHandler(void) | |
186 | { |
|
186 | { | |
187 | printf("TIM2_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
187 | printf("TIM2_IRQHandler\n"); | |
188 | } |
|
188 | } | |
189 |
|
189 | |||
190 | void TIM3_IRQHandler(void) |
|
190 | void TIM3_IRQHandler(void) | |
191 | { |
|
191 | { | |
192 | printf("TIM3_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
192 | printf("TIM3_IRQHandler\n"); | |
193 | } |
|
193 | } | |
194 |
|
194 | |||
195 | void TIM4_IRQHandler(void) |
|
195 | void TIM4_IRQHandler(void) | |
196 | { |
|
196 | { | |
197 | printf("TIM4_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
197 | printf("TIM4_IRQHandler\n"); | |
198 | } |
|
198 | } | |
199 |
|
199 | |||
200 | void I2C1_EV_IRQHandler(void) |
|
200 | void I2C1_EV_IRQHandler(void) | |
201 | { |
|
201 | { | |
202 | printf("I2C1_EV_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
202 | printf("I2C1_EV_IRQHandler\n"); | |
203 | } |
|
203 | } | |
204 |
|
204 | |||
205 | void I2C1_ER_IRQHandler(void) |
|
205 | void I2C1_ER_IRQHandler(void) | |
206 | { |
|
206 | { | |
207 | printf("I2C1_ER_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
207 | printf("I2C1_ER_IRQHandler\n"); | |
208 | } |
|
208 | } | |
209 |
|
209 | |||
210 | void I2C2_EV_IRQHandler(void) |
|
210 | void I2C2_EV_IRQHandler(void) | |
211 | { |
|
211 | { | |
212 | printf("I2C2_EV_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
212 | printf("I2C2_EV_IRQHandler\n"); | |
213 | } |
|
213 | } | |
214 |
|
214 | |||
215 | void I2C2_ER_IRQHandler(void) |
|
215 | void I2C2_ER_IRQHandler(void) | |
216 | { |
|
216 | { | |
217 | printf("I2C2_ER_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
217 | printf("I2C2_ER_IRQHandler\n"); | |
218 | } |
|
218 | } | |
219 |
|
219 | |||
220 | void SPI1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
220 | void SPI1_IRQHandler(void) | |
221 | { |
|
221 | { | |
222 | printf("SPI1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
222 | printf("SPI1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
223 | } |
|
223 | } | |
224 |
|
224 | |||
225 | void SPI2_IRQHandler(void) |
|
225 | void SPI2_IRQHandler(void) | |
226 | { |
|
226 | { | |
227 | printf("SPI2_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
227 | printf("SPI2_IRQHandler\n"); | |
228 | } |
|
228 | } | |
229 |
|
229 | |||
230 | void USART1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
230 | void USART1_IRQHandler(void) | |
231 | { |
|
231 | { | |
232 | printf("USART1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
232 | printf("USART1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
233 | } |
|
233 | } | |
234 |
|
234 | |||
235 | void USART2_IRQHandler(void) |
|
235 | void USART2_IRQHandler(void) | |
236 | { |
|
236 | { | |
237 | printf("USART2_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
237 | printf("USART2_IRQHandler\n"); | |
238 | } |
|
238 | } | |
239 |
|
239 | |||
240 | void USART3_IRQHandler(void) |
|
240 | void USART3_IRQHandler(void) | |
241 | { |
|
241 | { | |
242 | printf("USART3_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
242 | printf("USART3_IRQHandler\n"); | |
243 | } |
|
243 | } | |
244 |
|
244 | |||
245 | void EXTI15_10_IRQHandler(void) |
|
245 | void EXTI15_10_IRQHandler(void) | |
246 | { |
|
246 | { | |
247 | printf("EXTI15_10_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
247 | printf("EXTI15_10_IRQHandler\n"); | |
248 | } |
|
248 | } | |
249 |
|
249 | |||
250 | void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void) |
|
250 | void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void) | |
251 | { |
|
251 | { | |
252 | printf("RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
252 | printf("RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler\n"); | |
253 | } |
|
253 | } | |
254 |
|
254 | |||
255 | void OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) |
|
255 | void OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) | |
256 | { |
|
256 | { | |
257 | printf("OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
257 | printf("OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); | |
258 | } |
|
258 | } | |
259 |
|
259 | |||
260 | void TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler(void) |
|
260 | void TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler(void) | |
261 | { |
|
261 | { | |
262 | printf("TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
262 | printf("TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler\n"); | |
263 | } |
|
263 | } | |
264 |
|
264 | |||
265 | void TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler(void) |
|
265 | void TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler(void) | |
266 | { |
|
266 | { | |
267 | printf("TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
267 | printf("TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler\n"); | |
268 | } |
|
268 | } | |
269 |
|
269 | |||
270 | void TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandlerIM14(void) |
|
270 | void TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandlerIM14(void) | |
271 | { |
|
271 | { | |
272 | printf("TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandlerIM14"); |
|
272 | printf("TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandlerIM14"); | |
273 | } |
|
273 | } | |
274 |
|
274 | |||
275 | void TIM8_CC_IRQHandler(void) |
|
275 | void TIM8_CC_IRQHandler(void) | |
276 | { |
|
276 | { | |
277 | printf("TIM8_CC_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
277 | printf("TIM8_CC_IRQHandler\n"); | |
278 | } |
|
278 | } | |
279 |
|
279 | |||
280 | void DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler(void) |
|
280 | void DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler(void) | |
281 | { |
|
281 | { | |
282 | printf("DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
282 | printf("DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler\n"); | |
283 | } |
|
283 | } | |
284 |
|
284 | |||
285 | void FSMC_IRQHandler(void) |
|
285 | void FSMC_IRQHandler(void) | |
286 | { |
|
286 | { | |
287 | printf("FSMC_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
287 | printf("FSMC_IRQHandler\n"); | |
288 | } |
|
288 | } | |
289 |
|
289 | |||
290 | void SDIO_IRQHandler(void) |
|
290 | void SDIO_IRQHandler(void) | |
291 | { |
|
291 | { | |
292 | printf("SDIO_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
292 | printf("SDIO_IRQHandler\n"); | |
293 | } |
|
293 | } | |
294 |
|
294 | |||
295 | void TIM5_IRQHandler(void) |
|
295 | void TIM5_IRQHandler(void) | |
296 | { |
|
296 | { | |
297 | printf("TIM5_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
297 | printf("TIM5_IRQHandler\n"); | |
298 | } |
|
298 | } | |
299 |
|
299 | |||
300 | void SPI3_IRQHandler(void) |
|
300 | void SPI3_IRQHandler(void) | |
301 | { |
|
301 | { | |
302 | printf("SPI3_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
302 | printf("SPI3_IRQHandler\n"); | |
303 | } |
|
303 | } | |
304 |
|
304 | |||
305 | void UART4_IRQHandler(void) |
|
305 | void UART4_IRQHandler(void) | |
306 | { |
|
306 | { | |
307 | printf("UART4_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
307 | printf("UART4_IRQHandler\n"); | |
308 | } |
|
308 | } | |
309 |
|
309 | |||
310 | void UART5_IRQHandler(void) |
|
310 | void UART5_IRQHandler(void) | |
311 | { |
|
311 | { | |
312 | printf("UART5_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
312 | printf("UART5_IRQHandler\n"); | |
313 | } |
|
313 | } | |
314 |
|
314 | |||
315 | void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void) |
|
315 | void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void) | |
316 | { |
|
316 | { | |
317 | printf("TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
317 | printf("TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler\n"); | |
318 | } |
|
318 | } | |
319 |
|
319 | |||
320 | void TIM7_IRQHandler(void) |
|
320 | void TIM7_IRQHandler(void) | |
321 | { |
|
321 | { | |
322 | printf("TIM7_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
322 | printf("TIM7_IRQHandler\n"); | |
323 | } |
|
323 | } | |
324 |
|
324 | |||
325 | void DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler(void) |
|
325 | void DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler(void) | |
326 | { |
|
326 | { | |
327 | printf("DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
327 | printf("DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler\n"); | |
328 | } |
|
328 | } | |
329 |
|
329 | |||
330 | void DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
330 | void DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler(void) | |
331 | { |
|
331 | { | |
332 | printf("DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
332 | printf("DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
333 | } |
|
333 | } | |
334 |
|
334 | |||
335 | void DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler(void) |
|
335 | void DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler(void) | |
336 | { |
|
336 | { | |
337 | printf("DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
337 | printf("DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler\n"); | |
338 | } |
|
338 | } | |
339 |
|
339 | |||
340 | void DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler(void) |
|
340 | void DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler(void) | |
341 | { |
|
341 | { | |
342 | printf("DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
342 | printf("DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler\n"); | |
343 | } |
|
343 | } | |
344 |
|
344 | |||
345 | void DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler(void) |
|
345 | void DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler(void) | |
346 | { |
|
346 | { | |
347 | printf("DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
347 | printf("DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler\n"); | |
348 | } |
|
348 | } | |
349 |
|
349 | |||
350 | void ETH_IRQHandler(void) |
|
350 | void ETH_IRQHandler(void) | |
351 | { |
|
351 | { | |
352 | printf("ETH_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
352 | printf("ETH_IRQHandler\n"); | |
353 | } |
|
353 | } | |
354 |
|
354 | |||
355 | void ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) |
|
355 | void ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) | |
356 | { |
|
356 | { | |
357 | printf("ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
357 | printf("ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); | |
358 | } |
|
358 | } | |
359 |
|
359 | |||
360 | void CAN2_TX_IRQHandler(void) |
|
360 | void CAN2_TX_IRQHandler(void) | |
361 | { |
|
361 | { | |
362 | printf("CAN2_TX_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
362 | printf("CAN2_TX_IRQHandler\n"); | |
363 | } |
|
363 | } | |
364 |
|
364 | |||
365 | void CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler(void) |
|
365 | void CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler(void) | |
366 | { |
|
366 | { | |
367 | printf("CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
367 | printf("CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler\n"); | |
368 | } |
|
368 | } | |
369 |
|
369 | |||
370 | void CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler(void) |
|
370 | void CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler(void) | |
371 | { |
|
371 | { | |
372 | printf("CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
372 | printf("CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler\n"); | |
373 | } |
|
373 | } | |
374 |
|
374 | |||
375 | void CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler(void) |
|
375 | void CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler(void) | |
376 | { |
|
376 | { | |
377 | printf("CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
377 | printf("CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler\n"); | |
378 | } |
|
378 | } | |
379 |
|
379 | |||
380 | void OTG_FS_IRQHandler(void) |
|
380 | void OTG_FS_IRQHandler(void) | |
381 | { |
|
381 | { | |
382 | printf("OTG_FS_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
382 | printf("OTG_FS_IRQHandler\n"); | |
383 | } |
|
383 | } | |
384 |
|
384 | |||
385 | void DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler(void) |
|
385 | void DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler(void) | |
386 | { |
|
386 | { | |
387 | printf("DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
387 | printf("DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler\n"); | |
388 | } |
|
388 | } | |
389 |
|
389 | |||
390 | void DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler(void) |
|
390 | void DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler(void) | |
391 | { |
|
391 | { | |
392 | printf("DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
392 | printf("DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler\n"); | |
393 | } |
|
393 | } | |
394 |
|
394 | |||
395 | void DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler(void) |
|
395 | void DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler(void) | |
396 | { |
|
396 | { | |
397 | printf("DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
397 | printf("DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler\n"); | |
398 | } |
|
398 | } | |
399 |
|
399 | |||
400 | void USART6_IRQHandler(void) |
|
400 | void USART6_IRQHandler(void) | |
401 | { |
|
401 | { | |
402 | printf("USART6_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
402 | printf("USART6_IRQHandler\n"); | |
403 | } |
|
403 | } | |
404 |
|
404 | |||
405 | void I2C3_EV_IRQHandler(void) |
|
405 | void I2C3_EV_IRQHandler(void) | |
406 | { |
|
406 | { | |
407 | printf("I2C3_EV_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
407 | printf("I2C3_EV_IRQHandler\n"); | |
408 | } |
|
408 | } | |
409 |
|
409 | |||
410 | void I2C3_ER_IRQHandler(void) |
|
410 | void I2C3_ER_IRQHandler(void) | |
411 | { |
|
411 | { | |
412 | printf("I2C3_ER_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
412 | printf("I2C3_ER_IRQHandler\n"); | |
413 | } |
|
413 | } | |
414 |
|
414 | |||
415 | void OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler(void) |
|
415 | void OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler(void) | |
416 | { |
|
416 | { | |
417 | printf("OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
417 | printf("OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler\n"); | |
418 | } |
|
418 | } | |
419 |
|
419 | |||
420 | void OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler(void) |
|
420 | void OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler(void) | |
421 | { |
|
421 | { | |
422 | printf("OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
422 | printf("OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler\n"); | |
423 | } |
|
423 | } | |
424 |
|
424 | |||
425 | void OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) |
|
425 | void OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler(void) | |
426 | { |
|
426 | { | |
427 | printf("OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
427 | printf("OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler\n"); | |
428 | } |
|
428 | } | |
429 |
|
429 | |||
430 | void OTG_HS_IRQHandler(void) |
|
430 | void OTG_HS_IRQHandler(void) | |
431 | { |
|
431 | { | |
432 | printf("OTG_HS_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
432 | printf("OTG_HS_IRQHandler\n"); | |
433 | } |
|
433 | } | |
434 |
|
434 | |||
435 | void DCMI_IRQHandler(void) |
|
435 | void DCMI_IRQHandler(void) | |
436 | { |
|
436 | { | |
437 | printf("DCMI_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
437 | printf("DCMI_IRQHandler\n"); | |
438 | } |
|
438 | } | |
439 |
|
439 | |||
440 | void CRYP_IRQHandler(void) |
|
440 | void CRYP_IRQHandler(void) | |
441 | { |
|
441 | { | |
442 | printf("CRYP_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
442 | printf("CRYP_IRQHandler\n"); | |
443 | } |
|
443 | } | |
444 |
|
444 | |||
445 | void HASH_RNG_IRQHandler(void) |
|
445 | void HASH_RNG_IRQHandler(void) | |
446 | { |
|
446 | { | |
447 | printf("HASH_RNG_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
447 | printf("HASH_RNG_IRQHandler\n"); | |
448 | } |
|
448 | } | |
449 |
|
449 | |||
450 | void FPU_IRQHandler(void) |
|
450 | void FPU_IRQHandler(void) | |
451 | { |
|
451 | { | |
452 | printf("FPU_IRQHandler\n"); |
|
452 | printf("FPU_IRQHandler\n"); | |
453 | } |
|
453 | } | |
454 |
|
454 |
@@ -1,10 +1,13 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | SOURCES += gpio.c |
|
4 | SOURCES += gpio.c | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
6 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
7 |
|
7 | |||
|
8 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
9 | ../../../include/PERIPHERALS/gpio.h | |||
8 |
|
10 | |||
9 |
|
11 | |||
10 |
|
12 | |||
|
13 |
@@ -1,10 +1,13 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | SOURCES += i2c.c |
|
4 | SOURCES += i2c.c | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
7 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
8 |
|
8 | |||
|
9 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
10 | ../../../include/PERIPHERALS/i2c.h | |||
9 |
|
11 | |||
10 |
|
12 | |||
|
13 |
@@ -1,6 +1,9 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | SOURCES += sdcard-sdio.c |
|
4 | SOURCES += sdcard-sdio.c | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
6 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
|
7 | ||||
|
8 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
9 | ../../../include/FLASH/sdcard-sdio.h |
@@ -1,8 +1,11 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | SOURCES += spi.c |
|
4 | SOURCES += spi.c | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 |
|
6 | |||
7 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
7 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
8 |
|
8 | |||
|
9 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
10 | ../../../include/PERIPHERALS/spi.h | |||
|
11 |
@@ -1,6 +1,10 | |||||
1 | TEMPLATE = lib |
|
1 | TEMPLATE = lib | |
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib |
|
2 | CONFIG += libuc2lib | |
3 |
|
3 | |||
4 | SOURCES += uart.c |
|
4 | SOURCES += uart.c | |
5 |
|
5 | |||
6 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 |
|
6 | UCMODEL=stm32f4 | |
|
7 | ||||
|
8 | HEADERS += \ | |||
|
9 | ../../../include/PERIPHERALS/uart.h | |||
|
10 |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed | ||
This diff has been collapsed as it changes many lines, (557 lines changed) Show them Hide them |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
1 | NO CONTENT: file was removed |
|
NO CONTENT: file was removed |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now